10(9) 2019 ITJEMAST's Research Articles

Volume 10 Issue 9 (2019)

DETERMINING THE ENVIRONMENTAL WATER REQUIREMENT VIA HYDRAULIC AND HYDROLOGICAL METHODS

ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642

COMPLICATIONS OF RUSSIAN INNOVATIVE DEVELOPMENT FINANCING

http://TuEngr.com

NEURAL NETWORK IDENTIFICATION OF ELECTRIC POWER QUALITY INDICATORS OF COMPLEX POWER SYSTEMS FLEXURAL BEHAVIOR OF REINFORCED CONCRETE BEAMS STRENGTHENED WITH FERROCEMENT IMPORT SUBSTITUTION PROCESS IN THE RUSSIAN ECONOMY IN THE CONTEXT OF INTERNATIONAL SANCTIONS: ISSUES OF THEORY AND PRACTICE A JUSTIFIED PLAN GRAPHICAL MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS OF TRADITIONAL HOUSES IN MODERATE AND HUMID CLIMATE OF IRAN AN EXPERIMENT ON MEASUREMENT OF PAVEMENT ROUGHNESS VIA ANDROID-BASED SMARTPHONES IMPROVE QUALITY OF GLOBAL DEM FOR TOPOGRAPHIC MAPPING: CASE STUDY OF PETCHABURI PROVINCE, THAILAND EFFECT OF WORKING CAPITAL ON SUCCESS MEASUREMENT INDICATORS (NON-FINANCIAL VARIABLES) PUBLIC SPACE AND PRIVATE SPACE CONFIGURATION IN INTEGRATED MULTIFUNCTIONAL RESERVOIR: CASE OF MARINA BARRAGE, SINGAPORE

Cover photo is from an article entitled Flexural Behavior of Reinforced Concrete Beams Strengthened with Ferrocement,

by Sayan Sirimontree et al. published in this issue.

AN INVESTIGATION ON THE CONSEQUENCES OF USING VIRTUAL SOCIAL NETWORKS IN PROMOTING THE SOCIAL CAPITAL EFFECTIVE FACTORS ON DEBT TO EQUITY RATIO OF SHAREOWNERS IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE OF THE ACCEPTED CORPORATIONS IN TEHRAN STOCK EXCHANGE SCHEME OF THREE ELECTRICAL QUANTITIES METHOD OBSERVATION AND ATTITUDE ON SOCIETY REFLECTIONS: CASE STUDY OF THAI CONTEMPORARY POPULAR COUNTRY SONGS

2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies.

International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies http://TuEngr.com

International Editorial Board

Editor-in-Chief Ahmad Sanusi Hassan, PhD Professor Universiti Sains Malaysia, MALAYSIA

Executive Editor Boonsap Witchayangkoon, PhD Associate Professor Thammasat University, THAILAND

Editorial Board:

Assoc. Prof. Dr. Mohamed Gadi (University of Nottingham, UNITED KINGDOM) Professor Dr.Hitoshi YAMADA (Yokohama National University, JAPAN) Professor Dr. Chuen-Sheng Cheng (Yuan Ze University, TAIWAN ) Professor Dr.Mikio SATOMURA (Shizuoka University, JAPAN) Professor Dr.Chuen-Sheng Cheng (Yuan Ze University, TAIWAN) Emeritus Professor Dr.Mike Jenks (Oxford Brookes University, UNITED KINGDOM ) Professor Dr.I Nyoman Pujawan (Sepuluh Nopember Institute of Technology, INDONESIA) Professor Dr.Toshio YOSHII (EHIME University, JAPAN) Professor Dr.Neven Duić (University of Zagreb, CROATIA) Professor Dr.Dewan Muhammad Nuruzzaman (University Malaysia Pahang MALAYSIA) Professor Dr.Masato SAITOH (Saitama University, JAPAN)

Scientific and Technical Committee & Editorial Review Board on Engineering, Technologies and Applied Sciences:

Associate Prof. Dr. Paulo Cesar Lima Segantine (University of São Paulo, BRASIL) Associate Prof. Dr. Kurt B. Wurm (New Mexico State University, USA ) Associate Prof. Dr. Truong V.B.Giang (Vietnam National University, Hanoi, VIETNAM) Associate Prof. Dr. Fatemeh Khozaei (Islamic Azad University Kerman Branch, IRAN) Assistant Prof.Dr. Zoe D. Ziaka (International Hellenic University, GREECE) Associate Prof.Dr. Junji SHIKATA (Yokohama National University, JAPAN) Assistant Prof.Dr. Akeel Noori Abdul Hameed (University of Sharjah, UAE) Assistant Prof.Dr. Rohit Srivastava (Indian Institute of Technology Bombay, INDIA) Assistant Prof. Dr.Muhammad Yar Khan (COMSATS University, Pakistan) Assistant Prof. Dr. David Kuria (Kimathi University College of Technology, KENYA ) Dr. Mazran bin Ismail (Universiti Sains Malaysia, MALAYSIA ) Dr. Salahaddin Yasin Baper (Salahaddin University - Hawler, IRAQ ) Dr. Foong Swee Yeok (Universiti Sains Malaysia, MALAYSIA) Dr.Azusa FUKUSHIMA (Kobe Gakuin University, JAPAN) Dr.Yasser Arab (Ittihad Private University, SYRIA).

©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies.

:: International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies

Volume 10 Issue 9 (2019) http://TuEngr.com

ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642

FEATURE PEER-REVIEWED ARTICLES DETERMINING THE ENVIRONMENTAL WATER REQUIREMENT VIA HYDRAULIC AND HYDROLOGICAL METHODS

10A09A

COMPLICATIONS OF RUSSIAN INNOVATIVE DEVELOPMENT FINANCING

10A09B

NEURAL NETWORK IDENTIFICATION OF ELECTRIC POWER QUALITY INDICATORS OF COMPLEX POWER SYSTEMS

10A09C

FLEXURAL BEHAVIOR OF REINFORCED CONCRETE BEAMS STRENGTHENED WITH FERROCEMENT

10A09D

IMPORT SUBSTITUTION PROCESS IN THE RUSSIAN ECONOMY IN THE CONTEXT OF INTERNATIONAL SANCTIONS: ISSUES OF THEORY AND PRACTICE

10A09E

A JUSTIFIED PLAN GRAPHICAL MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS OF TRADITIONAL HOUSES IN MODERATE AND HUMID CLIMATE OF IRAN

10A09F

AN EXPERIMENT ON MEASUREMENT OF PAVEMENT ROUGHNESS VIA ANDROID-BASED SMARTPHONES

10A09G

IMPROVE QUALITY OF GLOBAL DEM FOR TOPOGRAPHIC MAPPING: CASE STUDY OF PETCHABURI PROVINCE, THAILAND

10A09H

EFFECT OF WORKING CAPITAL ON SUCCESS MEASUREMENT INDICATORS (NON-FINANCIAL VARIABLES)

10A09I

PUBLIC SPACE AND PRIVATE SPACE CONFIGURATION IN INTEGRATED MULTIFUNCTIONAL RESERVOIR: CASE OF MARINA BARRAGE, SINGAPORE

10A09J

AN INVESTIGATION ON THE CONSEQUENCES OF USING VIRTUAL SOCIAL NETWORKS IN PROMOTING THE SOCIAL CAPITAL

10A09K

i

EFFECTIVE FACTORS ON DEBT TO EQUITY RATIO OF SHAREOWNERS IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE OF THE ACCEPTED CORPORATIONS IN TEHRAN STOCK EXCHANGE

10A09L

SCHEME OF THREE ELECTRICAL QUANTITIES METHOD

10A09M

OBSERVATION AND ATTITUDE ON SOCIETY REFLECTIONS: CASE STUDY OF THAI CONTEMPORARY POPULAR COUNTRY SONGS

10A09N

Contacts: Professor Dr.Ahmad Sanusi Hassan (Editor-in-Chief), School of Housing, Building and Planning, UNIVERSITI SAINS MALAYSIA, 11800 Minden, Penang, MALAYSIA. Tel: +60-4653-2835 Fax: +60-4-657 6523, Sanusi@usm.my, Editor@TuEngr.com Associate Professor Dr.Boonsap Witchayangkoon (Executive Editor), Faculty of Engineering, THAMMASAT UNIVERSITY, Klong-Luang, Pathumtani, 12120, THAILAND. Tel: +66-2-5643005 Ext 3101. Fax: +66-2-5643022 DrBoonsap@gmail.com Managing Office TUENGR Group, 88/244 Moo 3, Moo Baan Saransiri, Klong#2, KlongLuang, Pathumtani, 12120, THAILAND. Tel/WhatsApp: +66-995535450.

Postal Paid in MALAYSIA/THAILAND.

ii

©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies

International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies http://TuEngr.com

PAPER ID: 10A09A

DETERMINING THE ENVIRONMENTAL WATER REQUIREMENT VIA HYDRAULIC AND HYDROLOGICAL METHODS a*

Ladan Abrari , Majed Parvan a

a

Department of Irrigation and Drainage, Mahab Ghodss Consulting Engineering Company, Tehran, IRAN

ARTICLEINFO

A B S T RA C T

Article history: Received 06 April 2019 Received in revised form 19 June 2019 Accepted 28 June 2019 Available online 10 July 2019

This study has used a general-purpose multi-objective programming model to determine the minimum human-ecological water balance and ecosystems to determine at least jericanological or minimal blue-water levels. As the two target functions are, respectively, the blue index for humans and the ecosystem index. A case study on the Keywords: Sufi Chai River. To determine the environmental water requirement of Environmental Flow the Sufi River tea, it has been wetted with a hydrostatic method and Assessment; Water hydrologic methods of flow transmission curve continuity and tonnage resource management; have been used. In the hydraulic method, the soaked environment was Environmental flow; used to determine the breaking point from 4 practices: curve slope, Ecological maximum curvature, ideal point with scale factor 1 and ideal point with management condition; scale factor 2.

The results indicate that the Tenant method has Ecosystem water. shortcomings in estimating the environmental water requirement. Based on the results, the values obtained from the flow transmission curve method are preferable to ecological management conditions than other methods. © 2019 INT TRANS J ENG MANAG SCI TECH.

1. INTRODUCTION Water and soil are one of the most important factors in the formation of life, whose proper use and conservation of these resources, along with other natural resources, is a common task. Expansion of water resources development projects is inevitable given the increasing population growth. But, on the other hand, storing, adjusting and extraction of river water resources has led to a disruption of the natural regime of water flow in a large part of river basins that altered the structure of processes necessary to maintain river ecosystems, Creating barriers for the transfer of sediment and other materials in the water, changing the longitudinal and transverse flow along the river and reducing communications between ecosystems, changing the dominant rivers, changing water quality, etc. In this regard, knowledge of the environmental flow was created to reduce the environmental damage *Corresponding author (Ladan Abrari). E-mail: ladan.abrari3359830@yahoo.com ©2019 International Transaction Journal of

Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A09A http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09A.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.108

1

caused by the water harvesting of rivers. The purpose of this knowledge is to answer the question of how far the natural conditions of a river and water resources can be changed in order to exploit water resources or develop water resources in such a way that the river ecosystem is not damaged or damaged in Is the limit of the river's ecological environment (Tarma and King, 1998; King et al., 1999). In this way, a new scientific field called the Environmental Flow Assessment (EFA) was developed to protect aquatic ecosystems and estimate their environmental water requirements (Binaam, 2011). However, due to its novel nature in natural resource management and water resource management, especially in developing countries, there is little knowledge about the concepts and application of its methods (Slam, 2010). Determining and allocating environmental flow is the most effective attitude to prevent the effects of river flow regulation. Hence, it is necessary to recognize environmental components as policies of management, policies, and principles as well as legal water users and to be included in management decisions such as management of watersheds (Nimen et al. 2002). There are several ways to determine the environmental need. These methods cannot be used directly, and each of them should be tested and tested to comply with Iran's conditions.

The big problem that has occurred in Iran over the past years is the lack of a clear environmental policy in relation to determining the minimum environmental flow for rivers and proper utilization of rivers (Shokouhi and Hang, 2010).In this research, according to available data and time scale, the hydraulic and hydrological methods that are the basis of other methods are used. By determining the amount of environmental flow, ecological characteristics and the health of the river habitat can be maintained. Investigating the methods for determining the environmental requirements of rivers, it seems necessary to consider the various methods for estimating the river's environmental flow.

Certainly, it would be very useful to consider these methods in choosing the appropriate method for the Wardhouse conditions and also with the available data. According to the above mentioned, the objectives of this research are 1) Determination of the environmental water requirement during the study period using hydrological and hydrologic methods. 2) Comparison of the results of maximum curvature and curve slope methods with flow transmission curve method during the studied interval.

2. MATHEMATICAL MODEL The study area, which is part of the Sufi Chai river basin, is located in the southern part of Golestan province and in the eastern part of Aliabad Katoul city. Figure 1 shows the location of the area in the country and in the Golestan province. In the province of Golestan, due to atmospheric rainfall, most of the currents are permanent and flood. The Sufi River tea is also one of the permanent rivers, which has a good water supply and high flood. The Sophie Chai River catchment area is 390 square kilometers and its main branch length is about 30 kilometers. The river originated from Sorkhan, Milan and Mount Clouds with a maximum height of 2905 m. It started with the general direction of south-east-northwest, along the route of the village, Shirinabad, and flowing downstream of the village. It receives the valo of Allochan, and from this point onwards it renames the fairy river.

In this research, the study area of the Sufi Chay River extends from the vicinity of the bridge to the Shirin Abad village to the Mashhad-Gorgan bridge. In this range, the river was divided into 20 intervals such that the geometric and hydraulic characteristics of each interval are almost constant and uniform. HEC-RAS software was used to determine the water level profile during each interval and at the beginning and end of each interval (each section). Manning coefficient in this river was

2

Ladan Abrari, Majed Parvan

determined using available reports and field observations for sections. Within this range, the coefficient varies from 0.039 to 0.05. According to the statistics of 36 years old (1973-1974 (Iran year 1352-1353)), an average river of Dubai is 2 073/2 cubic meters per second. According to the surveys, the status of the rivers and the studied area is based on a series of conditions, characteristics and hydraulic and hydrological information as follows: 1- River has a constant flow.

2- Removal of river water by pumping, or diversion of canal water, irrigation network and ... for agricultural use.

3- The dam is located at the bottom of the river in order to divert water towards agricultural land. Fish in the river can be economically important for residents around the river.

4- Appropriate transverse sections and enough of the range of the study can be prepared with proper accuracy.

5- The longitudinal slope of the river can be determined within the scope of the study.

6- The values of the manning coefficient of the river can be determined by a suitable method.

7- The average annual flow of the studied river is extractable according to available statistics.

Table 1: Characteristics of the flow of the Sufi Chai River at the Sufi Tea Station during the statistical period (1983-1393) in m 3 / s.

Coefficient of variation 0.74

Average discharge 2.073

Maximum Dubai 4.246

Minimum Dubai 0.945

Figure 1: Location of the Sophian Basin and the rivers entering it

3. DISCUSSION The results of applying the three methods mentioned in Fig. 3 and Table 1 are presented. As shown in Figure 2 and Table 1, the slope method always has more environmental flow than the *Corresponding author (Ladan Abrari). E-mail: ladan.abrari3359830@yahoo.com Š2019 International Transaction Journal of

Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A09A http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09A.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.108

3

curvature method. This result is consistent with the results of Shan research (2008), Shokouhi and Hoang (2010), Liu et al. (2006), and Poursalahan et al. (2013), but is inconsistent with the results of Gyipel and Standson (1998). The results of the slope method between numbers are 27.6% to 80.55% of the average annual flow. The results of the curvature method are between 96.9% and 47.79% of the average annual flow, and the results of the ideal number point method range from 1.44% to 25.08% of the average annual flow. With the average of the results of each of the three methods, it is determined that the flow curve slope is equal to 13.13% of the annual average flow of the river, the maximum curvature method is equivalent to 45.47% and the ideal point of the Dubai method is equivalent to 55.5% they give. Tenant (2003) found that 10% of the average annual flow is about 50% of the maximum soaked environment. He also considered an annual flow of 10-30 percent of the annual flow of the river to maintain acceptable river conditions. These results are consistent with the results of Liu et al. (2006), Shang (2008) and Poursalahan et al. (2013) Shokouhi and Hang (2010) do not accept this value. In their research, Dubai has at least suggested a tenant approach from Dubai to drought with a return period of 100 years. This seems to be the case when it was used only in a single section in Shawhuhi's and Hang's (2010) research. Therefore, it seems that using a section and citing its results is not very reliable. As shown in Fig. 3, the percentages of the curve slope and maximum curvature are within the range of the Tentan method.

Table 2: Minimum river flow ecosystem (cubic meter) based on three methods of slope, curvature and ideal point Section number 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

4

Ladan Abrari, Majed Parvan

Slope 0.29 0.37 0.61 0.16 0.40 0.31 0.39 0.43 0.19 0.13 0.35 0.38 0.58 0.33 1.67 0.26 0.26 0.50 0.48 0.28

Curvature 0.14 0.12 0.16 0.10 0.08 0.12 0.14 0.10 0.04 0.06 0.24 0.04 0.02 0.10 0.97 0.18 0.18 0.10 0.12 0.08

Ideal point 0.12 0.46 0.14 0.03 0.48 0.22 0.49 0.34 0.29 0.06 0.43 0.18 0.42 0.41 0.32 0.32 0.34 0.52 042 0.35

Figure 2: Minimum required environmental flow in terms of the average annual flow of Sufi tea in different river sections

4. CONCLUSION The assessment of environmental water requirements is one of the most important issues that should be determined for the survival of downstream dams, gangways and the life of the river flow.

Considering that comprehensive methods and habitat simulators need to spend more time and cost and in addition to that, hydraulic and hydrological methods are considered as the basis of these methods. Hence, it seems that hydraulic methods have better conditions for using to determine the environmental water requirement. In this research, a dichroic hydraulic method was used and the results of determining the critical point of the soaked environment using the curved slope and ideal point method were proposed in the range of the Tenant method. The flow rate is 0.41 m3 / s, which is 20.13% of the annual average flow rate and the ideal discharge point of 0.23 m3 / sec, which is equivalent to 15.55% of the average annual discharge. According to the results of the present study, the ideal point is chosen because of direct use of the flow chart-soaked environment, no need for sequential derivative operations, reduced computational errors and time saving as the preferred method. Therefore, the discharge 0.23 cubic meters/sec is recommended as the minimum environmental requirement of the Sufi River.

5. AVAILABILITY OF DATA AND MATERIAL Data can be made available by contacting the corresponding authors

6. REFERENCES Binaam. (2011). Guidelines for determining the water requirements of aquatic ecosystems, the standards of the water supply industry, the Office of Engineering, and the Technical and Water Quality Standards, Ministry of Energy, Journal 557, 127.

Poursalahan, S.J., Sedghayal, M. And Parvizi, M. (2013). Application of Soaked Environment Method to Estimate Minimum Environmental Flow of Bashar River, Journal of Irrigation Science and Engineering (Scientific Agriculture), Vol. 37(1), 107-113.

Shokouhi, A.S., and Hang, Y. (2010). Use of Morphological Characteristics in Permanent Rivers to Determine Minimum Environmental Water Requirement, Journal of Environmental Studies, 57, 117-128.

Liu, S. X., Mo, X. G., and J. Xia. (2006). Uncertainty analysis in estimating the minimum ecological instream flow requirements via wetted perimeter method: Curvature technique to estimate Research and approach River or slope technique Acta Geographia Sinica, 61(3), 273-281. *Corresponding author (Ladan Abrari). E-mail: ladan.abrari3359830@yahoo.com Š2019 International Transaction Journal of

Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A09A http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09A.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.108

5

Shang, S.H. (2008). A multiple criteria decision-making minimum environmental flows based on wetted perimeter. Application, 24, 54–67.

Tennant, D.L. (1976). "Instream flow regimens for fish, wildlife, recreation and related environmental resources", Fisheries, 1, 6–10.

Ladan Abrabi is a Master’s degree graduate from Civil Engineering Department, Shiraz University. She is currently working in the irrigation and drainage department of Mahab Ghodss Consulting Engineer Company in Tehran. Her Master’s thesis entitled "Investigating the hydraulic performance of piano-shaped spikes using three-dimensional numerical simulation".

Majed Parvan is the Project Manager at Department of Irrigation and Drainage, Mahab Ghodss Consulting Engineering Company, Tehran, Iran. He got his Master’s degree in Agricultural Engineering from Ferdowsi University of Mashhad, Iran. His research focuses on Irrigation and Flood Analysis.

Trademarks Disclaimer: All products names including trademarks™ or registered® trademarks mentioned in this article are the property of their respective owners, using for identification purposes only. Use of them does not imply any endorsement or affiliation.

6

Ladan Abrari, Majed Parvan

©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies

International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies http://TuEngr.com

PAPER ID: 10A09B

COMPLICATIONS OF RUSSIAN INNOVATIVE DEVELOPMENT FINANCING Kolesnikov A.V.a, Stepanyan T.M.b, Spector A.A.b, Panko Iu.V.b, Komov M.S.b, Latysheva N.A.b, Storozhenko O.M.b a b

Senior Research Officer of FRCAESDRA RRIAE RAS Russian University of Transport (Moscow State University of Railway Engineering (MIIT), RUSSIA ARTICLEINFO

A B S T RA C T

Article history: Received 24 April 2019 Received in revised form 21 June 2019 Accepted 05 July 2019 Available online 10 July 2019

This study presents problems impeding the development and implementation of Russian innovations in agricultural production. The main problem is the financing of innovation, due to a low proportion of public resources used in the creation and implementation of innovations. In comparison with the developed countries, the amount of state financing for Keywords: innovations in Russia should be increased by ten times. In addition, working Innovative development funds to support scientists in a global sense do not solve the problem of new of agricultural industry, scientific knowledge financing, not to mention the implementation into the internal costs of real sector of the economy. A small share of public investment in innovation scientific research, grant does not contribute to the solution of the problem of advanced innovative support of scientific research, high qualified development. In addition, the public-private partnership helps to attract innovation in the real sector of the economy in all developed countries but personnel; agrifood does not work in Russia as it. lacks state regulatory functions for this. This policy. study identifies factors and trends that do not contribute to the effective and advanced development of the economy in terms of its innovative development. The need to increase domestic spending on research in agriculture by 5-7 times is substantiated. Negative trends in the reproduction of scientific personnel are revealed. This is the lack of financial motivation to work in the scientific field, inefficient system of postgraduate and doctoral studies. It is proved that the impact of grant support on the level of research funding, which is not more than 6.2% in domestic research costs, is insolvent. To alleviate the problem of innovative activity of economic entities, it is necessary to develop a targeted agricultural innovation policy that determines the goals, objectives, and mechanisms for its implementation, taking into account the priorities defined by the Russian Federation, as well as foreign experiences. © 2019 INT TRANS J ENG MANAG SCI TECH.

1. INTRODUCTION The problems of innovative development of the economy have several reasons. In our opinion, one of the main is the small amount of funding for scientific research and the lack of mechanisms for *Corresponding author (Kolesnikov A.V.) E-mail: nadtochij@mirea.ru ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No. 9 ISSN2228-9860 eISSN1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A09B http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09B.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.109

1

innovation at all levels. The state invests no more than 10% of all costs on scientific research. This level of state participation will never contribute to the development of an innovative economy. It should be taken into account that even in countries with developing economies, the share of this indicator is considerably higher than in Russia. Another part of the problem is the possibility of private financing of innovations [14 – 19]. This problem has not been resolved now. Around the world, proven methods of financing innovation in the real sector of the economy have been used for a long time. And these methods work quite successfully in the developed countries of the world, bringing a significant increase in GDP. In recent years, for a number of reasons, there has been a certain decline in the innovative activity of science. Even the existing innovative potential is in the range of 4-5% [3, 4]. For comparison, this figure in the US exceeds 50%. Many scientific and technical developments do not become an innovative product. They remain unused by production. In addition to direct financing of innovations, attention should be paid to such fact as inefficient financing of postgraduate and doctoral studies [20 – 25]. Every year, a significant part of postgraduate and doctoral students do not conduct their research, and at the same time, the state finances budgetary places. If the scientific work is not done and the postgraduate or doctoral student does not defend, the state does not collect previously spent funds from him. These funds could be used for additional funding for research and innovation. And this is not to mention non-financial methods of innovation management. The system of financing innovation requires a radical revision, which will improve its efficiency in the economy [5 – 13].

2. GOALS AND OBJECTIVES The purpose of this study is to determine the reasons for the backlog of innovative development in Russia. In accordance with the intended purpose, the following tasks are set: - to identify trends in the use of key resources involved in the innovation process; - to reveal factors that have a negative impact on innovation processes; - to determine the level of influence of public financing on the development of innovation; - to reveal the problems of non-demand of domestic innovations.

3. METHODS AND MATERIALS This work uses abstract-logical, monographic, system, comparative, economic-mathematical, economic-statistical and other methods. Federal laws, decrees of the President of the Russian Federation, resolutions of the Government of the Russian Federation, published works of research institutions of the Russian Academy of Sciences, statistical materials at the federal and regional levels were used as materials.

4. DISCUSSION AND RESULTS The first problem is weak public-private support for the formation of the material base for the subsequent creation of innovations. This is due to the long payback period of innovation and the small amount of investment of the state. The share of domestic expenditures on research and development in Russia to GDP does not exceed 1.1% annually (Table 1), not to mention agriculture, forestry and fisheries, for which no more than 600 million rubles are given annually, which is 0.01% of the GDP

2

Kolesnikov A.V. Stepanyan T.M., Spector A.A., Panko Iu.V., Komov M.S., Latysheva N.A., Storozhenko O.M.

of agriculture [3, 4].

In 18 developed countries over the past three decades, the share of expenditure in GDP has increased from 0.96 to 2.2 % in agriculture, including in the US from 1.32 to 2.2 %. And in Australia, the cost of agricultural research for the period increased from 1.5 to 4.42 %, in South Africa from 1.39 to 2.59 %, and in 17 African countries - from 0.42 to 0.58 % of GDP relating to agriculture.

Based on the world practice of agricultural research financing, the above analytical data, it is necessary to increase urgently the amount of funding for research in agriculture by 5-7 times!

Without fully-fledged research in agriculture, agrifood policy will come to a standstill. At the same time, it is necessary to define clear strategic priorities, assessment indicators, develop a large analytical material to determine priorities and allocate a decent amount of funding.

Table 1: Share of domestic expenditures in Russia’s GDP and per one employee engaged in research Indicators Domestic expenditures on research and development, bln. rubles including agriculture, forestry and fisheries Number of employees engaged in research, thousand people including agriculture Domestic expenditures on research and development to GDP, % Domestic expenditures on research and development to agricultural GDP, % Domestic expenditures on research and development per 1 employee engaged in research and development, thousand rubles including agriculture

2000

2005

Years 2010 2014

2015

2016

766.9

230.8

523.4

847.6

914.7

943.8

no

no

0.25

0.43

0.58

0.53

887.7

813.2

736.6

732.3

738.9

722.3

14.3

13.7

12.7

11.9

11.3

11.0

1.05

1.07

1.13

1.07

1.10

1.10

no

no

0.01

0.01

0.011

0.009

180.1

590.1

1418.7

2266.7

2410.8

2548.2

no

no

19.6

36.1

51.3

48.2

Second problem involves with budgetary and extra-budgetary financing, the number of organizations engaged in scientific activities in Russia does not have a clear trend and is not a stable indicator. If in 2000 there were 4099 such organizations, in 2017 - 3944 (Table 2).

Table 2: Organizations carried out research and development in the Russian Federation, by type, at the end of the year Number of organizations – total including: research organizations design organizations project and survey organizations experimental plants educational institutions of higher education industry organizations that had research, design and development units other

2000 4099

2005 3566

Years 2010 2015 3492 4175

2016 4032

2017 3944

2686 318 85 33 390 284

2115 489 61 30 406 231

1840 362 36 47 517 238

1708 322 29 61 1040 371

1673 304 26 62 979 363

1577 273 23 63 970 380

303

234

452

644

625

658

*Corresponding author (Kolesnikov A.V.) E-mail: nadtochij@mirea.ru ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No. 9 ISSN2228-9860 eISSN1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A09B http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09B.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.109

3

A negative trend is a decrease in the number of research organizations and universities that are specialized in their field of knowledge, which focus researchers engaged in narrowly focused scientific topics. The number of personnel engaged in research and development is also unstable (Table 3). Every year the number of researchers in Russia is decreasing. In 2017, there were about 360 thousand researchers, among them only 10 thousand people work in scientific units in the agricultural sector, ensuring food security of the country.

Table 3: Number of researchers engaged in research and development in the Russian Federation, (people).

Number of researchers – total including agricultural sciences among them Candidates of Sciences Doctors of Sciences

2010 368915 12734 5004 1542

Years 2015 2016 379411 370379 11296 11066 4592 1551

4483 1487

2017 359793 10343 4183 1384

This is catastrophically insufficient, taking into account the demand for agricultural products and the need to produce new products. From 10343 researchers, only 1384 people are doctors of sciences, that is, those who are engaged in fundamental research, providing a technological and scientific breakthrough in the agricultural sector. Personnel problem is relevant for agricultural science today.

In the forming multipolar world, there are four main centers of scientific progress – the United States (35% of global R&D spending on purchasing power parity), the European Union (24%), Japan and China (about 12%). Unfortunately, the Russian Federation is not among the leaders. We account for less than 2% of global R&D spending at purchasing power parity and 1% at the exchange rate.

Thus, Russia lags behind the US in R&D spending by 13 times, China by 11 times, the UK by 1.2 times, Germany by 3 times, Japan by 4.5 times (Table 4).

Table 4: Domestic expenditure on R&D in the world, million USD Country Russia Growth dynamics, % Great Britain Growth dynamics, % Germany Growth dynamics, % The USA Growth dynamics, % Japan Growth dynamics, % China Growth dynamics, %

2000 10726.9 25129.9 53632.8 269513.0 98758.0 33044.5 -

2010 33083.3 by 3.1 times 37609.3 149.7 87131.0 162.5 410093.0 152.2 140603.1 142.4 213460.1 by 6.4 times

Years 2013 38609.6 116.7 41532.1 110.4 102905.5 118.1 457612.0 133.5 164655.8 117.1 334135.5 156.5

2014 39827.4 103.2 44163.8 106.3 109802.5 106.7 479358.0 104.8 170512.3 103.6 370115.9 110.8

2015 38143.0 95.8 46259.8 104.7 114778.1 104.5 502893.0 104.9 170003.0 99.7 408829.0 110.5

Domestic R&D expenditures in Russia are not growing as fast as in developed countries, and therefore are not able to ensure the qualitative implementation of the priority areas in science and innovation, which are indicated in the legal regulation of scientific and innovation activities over the past 5 years by the President and the Government of the Russian Federation. China’s economy, for example, as the second economy in the world, provides at least 10% increase in research and development costs in recent years, and this indicator is catching up with the United States.

4

Kolesnikov A.V. Stepanyan T.M., Spector A.A., Panko Iu.V., Komov M.S., Latysheva N.A., Storozhenko O.M.

In our opinion, the second important problem is the salary level of researchers and the problem of the reproduction of highly qualified personnel. In 2016, the average monthly wage in education in Russia according to FSSS amounted to about 28,808 rubles, and in scientific and technical activities 57,179 rubles. For comparison, in Germany, a professor engaged in scientific research receives at least 7 thousand euros. Taxes on income are about 50%, and thus “net” is about 3.5 thousand euros or more than 210 thousand rubles in a month, and that is without taking into account the consultations carried out for businesses. In practice, the dynamics of low wages of researchers contribute to the “aging” of science and migration of young, promising highly qualified personnel into production.

Based on this, in agricultural science, as in any other scientific direction of research, there are no direct motives for creating innovations, especially by young scientists.

The problem of reproduction of scientific personnel is not solved either. Table 5, every year the number of applicants to postgraduate school decreases and decreases the number of graduates of this school, including the defense of the thesis. So if in 2010 about 34 thousand people graduated from the postgraduate school in Russia, in 2016 about 26 thousand people. In 2010, 9.6 thousand people defended their theses, while in 2016 only 3.7 thousand people defended their theses, while the efficiency of the postgraduate study was 28.4% and 14.3%, respectively. In this area, there is a negative trend in the training of highly qualified personnels. It is obvious that here it is necessary to create motives for scientific research carried out in priority scientific areas identified in the relevant legal acts of the President and the Government of the Russian Federation. Moreover, it is necessary to motivate young scientists, preventing their mass withdrawal to production, where there is no need for a diploma of Candidate of Sciences.

Table 5: Key performance indicators of postgraduate studies in Russia Years Number of organizations Number of providing postgraduate postgraduates (at the end training of the year), people 1992 1296 51915 2000 1362 117714 2005 1473 142899 2010 1568 157437 2015 1446 109336 2016 1359 98352

Admission to postgraduate school, people 13865 43100 46896 54558 31647 25421

The graduation of including postgraduate thesis defense school, people 14857 3135 24828 7503 33561 10650 33763 9611 25826 4651 25992 3730

The case with doctoral studies is even worse, see Table 6. So if in 2010 1650 doctoral candidates were admitted, 1259 graduated, including 336 with defense, in 2016, 397 people were admitted to the doctoral studies, 1346 graduated, 151 defended theses. The efficiency of doctoral studies in 2010 is 26.6%, in 2016 ‒ 11.2%.

Table 6: Key performance indicators of doctoral studies Year 1992 2000 2005 2010 2014 2015

The number of Number of doctoral Admission to organizations candidates (at the end doctoral studies, providing the doctoral of the year), people people candidates training 338 1644 540 492 4213 1637 535 4282 1457 602 4418 1650 478 3204 166 437 2007 419

Graduation from doctoral studies, people

including thesis defense

617 1251 1417 1259 1359 1386

247 486 516 336 231 181

*Corresponding author (Kolesnikov A.V.) E-mail: nadtochij@mirea.ru ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No. 9 ISSN2228-9860 eISSN1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A09B http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09B.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.109

5

2016

385

921

397

1346

151

The narrowed process of reproduction of highly qualified personnel is also one of the main problems of almost any educational and scientific institution. According to FSSS for 2016, 73.3% of the staff engaged in research and development has higher education, and in education, the same figure is 54.2%. All this does not contribute to the quality of education and research. In 2016, the Federal State Statistics Service, the HSE jointly conducted a survey. The following questions were asked: 1. How do you feel about your child becoming a scientist?

2. Would you like your son or daughter to be a researcher?

57% of respondents answered the first question that they would be very disappointed with this choice, and 32% would be happy. 60% of respondents answered the second question – rather no, and 32% - rather yes.

Thus, a significant part of the respondents does not consider prestigious work in the scientific field. Based on this, it is necessary to create financial motives for young scientists, which will obviously raise the prestige of scientific activity.

Third problem: This is unformed state regulation of the processes of planning, creation, and implementation of innovations. First of all, it concerns the grant support for scientific research, which has been formed in the developed countries of the world for a long time. Unfortunately, the emerging grant system of scientific research in Russia does not take into account a number of features. As can be seen from Table 7, subsidies of the federal budget for financial support of the state assignment in domestic R&D costs are 10%. Budget subsidies for the performance of research and development work amount to 3.9% in the structure of internal costs financing. These two positions are allocated directly by the state in the person of the relevant ministries, and the next two positions are grants on which the government relies, with the hope of solving the problem of financing research. The amount of grants funding of funds to support scientific, technical and innovation activities in 2016 amounted to 22.6 billion rubles. This is only 2.4% in the structure of sources of internal R&D costs. The number of funds of other types of competitive financing in 2016 amounted to 58.7 billion rubles, which in the structure of financing of domestic R&D costs is only 6.2%. A common thesis that the grants will largely support scientific research is not justified for the reason that their share in relation to domestic expenditure on research is not more than 10% (subsidies) and 6.2% (grants given by the funds).

Table 7: Grants, subsidies, competitive financing of research and development in 2016 Total, billion rubles From internal research and development costs: budget subsidies for financial support of performance of the state task in the field of scientific (research) activity budget subsidies for research and/or development works grants of funds to support scientific, technical and innovation activities

6

including those financed from funds budgets of all among them the levels federal budget

Share of grants, subsidies, competitive financing in internal research and development costs, %

94.0

94.0

90.8

10.0

36.7

36.7

35.9

3.9

22.6

19.5

17.6

2.4

Kolesnikov A.V. Stepanyan T.M., Spector A.A., Panko Iu.V., Komov M.S., Latysheva N.A., Storozhenko O.M.

other types of competitive financing

58.7

49.0

47.6

6.2

Based on these data, it can be seen that research organizations largely finance R&D from internal sources, which, as a rule, are obtained from economic entities.

In foreign practice, one of the main regulatory instruments of activating R&D is tax policy. 21 OECD countries apply tax incentives to private R&D spending. The main indirect ways to encourage innovation are tax credits and preferential taxation for corporations that have government or their own R&D programs. These measures are sometimes called “tax expenditures”.

In the tax systems of most OECD countries, including the United States, research and development expenditures are considered either as capital expenditures and are depreciated within 5 years of their implementation, or as business expenses and are deducted from the tax base in the current reporting period. The choice of the method of writing off R&D costs is up to the entrepreneur.

In the US, a tax credit for R&D allows returning from the already paid tax an amount equal to 20% of the increment in R&D expenditures in the current year. This benefit applies only to R&D conducted in the United States. The tax credit has a powerful incentive effect on companies’ ability to conduct long-term research that is critical to the new economy. Tax credits have a positive impact in the early stages of firm development and are particularly effective in small businesses.

The fourth problem is unclaimed innovation. The main reason for the unclaimed scientific knowledge is the distrust to domestic scientists from business representatives and authorities. Only 4% of agricultural organizations carry out innovations of different types. In crop production, this figure is 4.2%, in livestock ‒4.7%, which is catastrophically small to solve the problem of an innovative breakthrough in agricultural production. The issue of enhancing innovation activity should be the most important in Russia’s agrifood policy. A significant amount of innovation is for technological innovations ‒ 3.4% in agriculture, 3.7% in crop and 3.9 in livestock production. Almost no attention is paid to marketing innovation when it is in this area a large part of the added value of finished products of agriculture is assigned. Quite modest are the amounts of shipped innovative goods, works, and services in agriculture - 22 billion rubles, which is only 1.4% of the total volume of shipped goods, works and services in agriculture in Russia. Expenditure on technological innovation amounted to 15 billion rubles or 0.5% in the cost structure of the agricultural organizations (Table 8). The situation is not better in the sub-sectors of crop and livestock production.

Table 8: Innovative activity of agricultural organizations, 2016.

Share of organizations implementing innovations of certain types in the total number of surveyed organizations, % total technological marketing organizational Total for crop production, livestock, crop production combined with livestock (mixed agriculture), providing services in the field of crop production, ornamental horticulture and animal husbandry, except veterinary services) crop production livestock crop production combined with livestock (mixed

4.0

3.4

0.4

0.9

4.2 4.7 2.7

3.7 3.9 1.8

0.2 0.7 -

0.8 1.1 0.9

*Corresponding author (Kolesnikov A.V.) E-mail: nadtochij@mirea.ru ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No. 9 ISSN2228-9860 eISSN1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A09B http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09B.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.109

7

agriculture) in the field of crop production, ornamental horticulture and animal husbandry, except veterinary services)

1.8

1.5

0.1

0.4

Analysis of the number of agricultural organizations and farms that use innovative development allows saying that farms in most positions are superior to agricultural organizations, Table 9. This is despite the limited financial resources, and a much lower level of state support compared to large agricultural organizations. Farms are more likely to use drip irrigation system by 4 times, biological methods of plant protection from pests and diseases by 3.5 times, the system of individual feeding of livestock more than by two times, the method of cell-free poultry by six times, the system of wastewater and industrial wastewater treatment almost by two times, renewable energy sources by five times. In this regard, the state needs to take a set of measures to encourage agricultural organizations to apply innovations. Similar measures work quite effectively in the United States.

Support of farms using innovations is also necessary for this direction.

Table 9: The number of agricultural organizations and farms used innovative technologies as of July 1, 2016

Number of organizations (farms) using innovative technologies: drip irrigation system biological methods of plant protection from pests and diseases the system of individual cattle feeding method of without cell maintenance of poultry treatment facilities on livestock farms wastewater and industrial wastewater treatment system renewable energy sources: among them: biopower plants wind power plants solar panels precision driving system and remote quality control of technological processes

Agricultural organizations

Farms and individual entrepreneurs

1158 2510 1989 368 1298 2431 454

4279 10481 5401 1878 1507 4257 2086

10 21 196

15 85 1368

1731

885

Thus, in innovative development, Russia lags behind developed countries by 10-15 times, and it is innovative products that give greater added value, it is innovative products that give, although a little, but high-tech workplaces and motivate, in turn, the training of highly qualified personnel.. Table 10 presents the volume of innovative goods, works, services and costs of technological innovations in agriculture for Russia in 2016.

5. CONCLUSION From this study, it is found that the actual problem today is the lack of a targeted state policy in the field of innovation, which determines the objectives of the innovation strategy and mechanisms for maintaining priority innovation programs and projects. The formation and implementation of innovation policy are based on the creation of such a system that will

8

Kolesnikov A.V. Stepanyan T.M., Spector A.A., Panko Iu.V., Komov M.S., Latysheva N.A., Storozhenko O.M.

allow using the intellectual, scientific and technical potential of the country in production in the shortest possible time and with high efficiency.

Costs of technological innovation, bln. rubles

22.0

1.4

15.0

0.9

6.5 14.9

1.1 1.6

6.3 5.7

1.1 0.6

0.6

1.2

2.9

5.7

0.1

0.7

0.7

0.7

Share of expenses on technological innovations in the total amount of shipped goods, works, services, %

As % of the total amount of shipped goods, works, services

Total for crop production, livestock, crop production combined with livestock (mixed agriculture), providing services in the field of crop production, ornamental horticulture and animal husbandry, except veterinary services) crop production livestock crop production combined with livestock (mixed agriculture) in the field of crop production, ornamental horticulture and animal husbandry, except veterinary services)

The number of innovation goods, works, services, bln. rubles

Table 10. The volume of innovative goods, works, services and costs of technological innovations in agriculture, 2016.

Russia is on the 82nd place in the world in terms of state orders for advanced technologies. On this indicator, Russia is worse than other countries – participants of the BRICS. In terms of cooperation between universities and industrial production, Russia is on the 61st place in the world, in terms of cost of innovative development on the 50th place, in terms of quality research institute 53rd place in the world. And it is these problems that need to be paid close attention to, including within the framework of the implemented agrifood policy.

The negative factors are the departmental disunity and the weakening of the scientific potential of agricultural science. The domestic agricultural science is characterized with: a high degree of complexity of the organizational structure and departmental disunity (more than 20 ministries and departments involved in solving problems of agriculture); the variety of forms of scientific, technical and innovative activities; a significant share in research problems of regional, sectoral and crosssectoral nature; the long duration of the some problems studying related to the reproductive process.

This specificity creates certain difficulties in the management of agricultural research and agricultural science in general.

6. AVAILABILITY OF DATA AND MATERIAL Data can be made available by contacting the corresponding authors

*Corresponding author (Kolesnikov A.V.) E-mail: nadtochij@mirea.ru Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No. 9 ISSN2228-9860 eISSN1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A09B http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09B.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.109

9

7. REFERENCES [1] Official portal of the Federal State Statistics Service . [Electronic resource.] URL: http://www.gks.ru [2] Main indicators of agriculture in Russia // Federal State Statistics Service: official website. URL: http://www.gks.ru [3] The main directions of the Strategy of sustainable socio-economic development of the agro-industrial complex of the Russian Federation for the period up to 2030. Under the guidance of I.G. Ushachev.

M.: The Polygraphist Himself. 2018. 58 p.

[4] Kolesnikov A.V. Problems and prospects of innovative development of agriculture // Bulletin of rural development of social policy. 2017 â„–3(15). P. 14-18.

[5] Abuzjarova M.I. Tendencies, the law of development and economic content of innovative entrepreneurship // Modern Economy Success. 2018. No. 1. Pp. 43-50.

[6] Borovikova T.V. Methodological bases of formation of the intellectual potential of territories in the conditions of innovative economy // Modern Economy Success. 2017. No. 6. Pp. 46-49.

[7] Gadzaov A.F., Dzerzhinskaya M.R. Mathematical methods of analysis of the periodic components of economic processes // Modern Economy Success. 2018. No. 1. Pp. 14-18.

[8] Makeeva A.A., Chubarova E.A., Mishanova V.G. Risk management as an element of enterprise management // Success of Modern Science and Education. 2018. No. 2. Pp. 10-14.

[9] Kupryushin P.A., Chernyatina G.N. Economic and environmental aspects of rational nature management and optimization of the process of import substitution in the agro -industrial complex // Modern Economy Success. 2017. No. 3. Pp. 44-48.

[10] Perepelkin I.G. Assessment of the effectiveness of state support for agricultural organizations in kursk region: key problems and solutions // Modern Scientist. 2017. No. 4. Pp. 371-376.

[11] Kuznetsov A.A., Ignatyeva T.A., Kuznetsov A.O. Strategy and key elements of competitiveness // Modern Economy Success. 2018. No. 1. Pp. 25-29.

[12] Minakova I.V. Social and economic condition of Russia and the possibility of its transition to innovative hi-tech model // Modern Economy Success. 2017. No. 6. Pp. 24-27.

[13] Shcherbinina A.G. Macroeconomic perspective forecasts for business // Success of Modern Science and Education. 2017. No. 11-12. Pp. 102-108.

[14] Moiseenko Zh.N. State support of small forms of management in the agro-industrial complex: state and development trends // Modern Economy Success. 2017. No. 4. Pp. 12-17.

[15] Kozlova A.S., Abubikerov N.M. Features of the insurance procurement in Russia // Success of Modern Science and Education. 2018. No. 3. Pp. 9-11.

[16] Chekaldin A.M. Development of innovative activity of agricultural enterprises // Modern Scientist. 2017. No. 4. Pp. 367-370.

[17] Enygin D.V., Midova V.O., Maslova E.G. The Concept of Multicultural Educational Environment // Modern Scientist. 2017. No. 7. P. 136-139.

[18] Novikov S.V. Government stimulation and regulation of Russian innovation producers export expansion // Modern Economy Success. 2017. No. 3. Pp. 24-27.

[19] Zhukova Yu.S., Yurlova N.S. The influence of the level of specialization on the efficiency of investment activity of agricultural enterprises (On the example of Kirov region) // Modern Scientist.

2017. No. 4. Pp. 352-355.

10

Kolesnikov A.V. Stepanyan T.M., Spector A.A., Panko Iu.V., Komov M.S., Latysheva N.A., Storozhenko O.M.

[20] Olkhovskiy V.V. Assessment of the impact of macroeconomic and demographic factors on the Russian model of employment // Modern Economy Success. 2018. No. 2. P. 31-37.

[21] Kozhukhova Yu.E. Investment in human capital as the basis of internal corporate social responsibility // Success of Modern Science and Education. 2018. No. 3. Pp. 12-15.

[22] Perepelkin I.G. Analysis and forecasting of sustainable development of a grain subcomplex (On materials of Kursk region) // Modern Scientist. 2017. No. 4. Pp. 356-360.

[23] Vernigor N.F. The system of state support of agricultural production (case study - the example of the Altai territory) // Modern Economy Success. 2017. No. 6. Pp. 7-10.

[24] Shivrina T.B. Improvement of a technique of efficiency estimation of agricultural organizations activity // Modern Scientist. 2017. No. 2. Pp. 67-70.

[25] Kobets E.A. The implementation of import substitution programme in the agricultural sector // Modern Scientist. 2017. No. 2. Pp. 71-74.

Professor Dr.Andrey V. Kolesnikov is a Professor at FRCAESDRA RRIAE, Russian Academy of Science (RAS). He holds the Doctor of economic Sciences degree. His research is related to large-scale production, taxation, crediting, state support and regulation of agriculture, development of rural areas.

Professor Dr.Stepanyan T.M. is a Professor, Head of the Department of Economic theory and management" of the Russian University of transport. She holds a PhD in Economics. Her research interests: are Security of the National Economy, Digitalization and Efficiency of Economic Entities in an Innovative Economy.

Dr. Spector A.A. is an Professor at Department of Economic Theory and Management, Russian University of Transport, Russia. She held a Doctor of Economics degree. Research interests: Civil law regulation of innovative activity in the sphere of legislation of the Russian Federation; Problems of Ensuring the Safety of Entrepreneurial Activity.

Dr.Panko Iu.V. is an Associate Professor at Department of Economic Theory and management, the Russian University of transport, She got a PhD in economics. Her research interests: competitiveness of economic systems, problems of infrastructure security, innovation in production management and logistics, etc.

Dr.Komov M.S. is an Associate Professor at Department Economic Theory and Management, the Russian University of transport. He earned a PhD in Economics. His Research interests are International Economic Integration; Economics and Management of Innovation Processes.

Dr.Nataliya A. Latysheva is an Associate Professor at Department of Economic Theory and Management, Russian University of Transport, Russia. She has a Doctor of Philosophy degree. Her research interests are Demographic Security Problems, Conflictology, Business Communications.

Dr.Storozhenko O.M. is an associate Professor of the Department of Economic Theory and Management, the Russian University of Transport. She obtained a PhD in Law. Her research interests embrace: intellectual law, legal regulation of innovation.

*Corresponding author (Kolesnikov A.V.) E-mail: nadtochij@mirea.ru Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No. 9 ISSN2228-9860 eISSN1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A09B http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09B.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.109

11

©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies

International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies http://TuEngr.com

PAPER ID: 10A09C

NEURAL NETWORK IDENTIFICATION OF ELECTRIC POWER QUALITY INDICATORS OF COMPLEX POWER SYSTEMS a*

a

Tatyana Zhashkova , Elena Meshcheryakova , Olga Yasarevskaya

b

a

Department of Information Technologies and Systems, Penza State Technological University, Penza, RUSSIA. b Penza State Technological University, Penza, RUSSIA ARTICLEINFO

A B S T RA C T

Article history: Received 19 April 2019 Received in revised form 01 July 2019 Accepted 05 July 2019 Available online 11 July 2019

The article reviews and analyzes the existing problems of electric power quality control in complex power systems, attracting attention to the requirements of reference documents on power quality changes. The procedures development of electric power quality indicators of complex power systems is under discussion. This work was carried out comparative modeling of calculations of basic electric power quality indicators by the direct method and neural network technology. An optimal configuration of a neural network for engineering systems for critical applications has been developed. Simulation system allows for a situation of frequency determination at a distorted signal as well as the presence of harmonics, interharmonics, and subharmonics in the signal, and voltage value deviation. The simulation finds that a frequency meter on the basis of a feedforward neural network has the least error. © 2019 INT TRANS J ENG MANAG SCI TECH.

Keywords: Neural network technology; Electric power quality indicators; Information system; power system; Engineering system; System for critical applications.

1. INTRODUCTION The estimation of quality in the simplest systems involves a problem solution connected with an electric power analysis. This analysis shows if its indicators meet fixed standards.

More advanced systems provide a search and identification of malfunctioning nodes being responsible for indicators deterioration. Low-quality electric power, namely the presence of pulse interferences, influences the operation quality of engineering systems for critical applications, the energy supply of which is provided by the corresponding complex power systems.

All requirements for a power supply system are fixed by GOST 32144-2013 [1] which identifies acceptable levels of interferences in an electrical network. They also specify electric power quality, the so-called, electric power quality indicators (EPQI). The analysis *Corresponding author (Tatyana Zhashkova). E-mail: tZhashkova@gmail.com ©2019 International Transaction Journal of

Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A09C http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09C.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.110

1

of electric power is mainly carried out according to five groups of indicators [1]: 1) voltage deviation (failure duration, surge voltage); 2) frequency deviation; 3) voltage fluctuation (voltage fluctuation range, flicker dose); 4) voltage unbalance in a three-phase system (a coefficient in a negative and zero sequence); 5) unsinusoidality of a voltage waveform (a coefficient of voltage waveform distortion, a coefficient of the n-th harmonic voltage component).

In the current GOST on electromagnetic compatibility the following devices are specified as objects of measuring tools: – for EPQI measurement; – for EPQI technical control; – for quality control of electric power; – for quality analysis of electric power.

We should specify measuring transducers of EPQI separately – measuring tools aiming at generating information in a form is suitable for transmission, further transformation, processing and (or) storage, but not directly seen by an observer.

An identification system has been developed for engineering systems for critical applications. It should be noted that an EPQI identification subsystem can be realized in various ways in terms of its structure: – EPQI direct calculation; – EPQI identification via neural network technology.

Each of these ways has its own pros and cons. Direct calculation algorithms are described in the Standard in detail [1]. For the majority of EPQI a calculation algorithm looks like a sequential execution of several operations of the original array transformation of measurements of existing (sometimes instantaneous) voltage values (current).

On the one hand, neural network identification of a net is used for providing an opportunity for approximation on the basis of known measurements results according to which a network is taught. In other words, a taught-in network can identify EPQI values existing between values used for teaching a network and, thus, identify these values in the full range required. On the other hand, a procedure of neural network identification presupposes to do additional calculations before feeding data in a neural network input.

Therefore, an algorithm of using a neural network for EPQI identification in a subsystem presupposes the execution of some steps: 1. Measurement data accumulation at a time interval during which EPQI values must be identified.

o

2

Tatyana Zhashkova, Elena Meshcheryakova, Olga Yasarevskaya

o

2. EPQI characteristics selection. This stage is the most difficult because it requires carrying out signal researches when EPQI change. It is necessary to specify signal characteristics carrying information about the given EPQI, and cut off the very signal component that does not participate in the process of EPQI identification.

o

3. Normalization of characteristics values. This operation leads data to one of the transformations ranges so that they take the most part of it.

o

4. Identification of a normalized output value of a neural network.

o

5. De-normalization of an output value of a neural network. The resulting value is an EPQI value for a signal at a given time interval.

2. LITERATURE REVIEW Electric power quality assessment is a necessary and obligatory measure for identification in power systems. In accordance with the current GOST [1-4] the following two groups of tasks solved by the subsystem of identification of EPQI are distinguished: o

quality control of electric power – the procedure of verification of conformity of the EPQI with the established values;

o

analysis of electric power quality – the procedure of identifying the causes of non-conformity of the EPQI with the established values and the “breakers” with their actual contribution to the deterioration of the quality of electric power.

Researches in the field of the electric power quality in power systems have been carrying out by the Centre of Physical and Engineering Problems of Power Industry of the North since 2004 and have been described in [5–8]. Such control allows us to provide all consumers with proper electric power quality.

Distortions appeared are classified by the acceptable deviation values and standards set in the Russian Federation [1-4]. Reference documents set the frequency of electric power quality control in power systems - once a year and twice for all EPQI, and twice a year for a voltage deviation [4].

The problems connected with the electric power quality stimulated the interest to their solution in the 80s of the last century. A significant contribution to the identification of electric power characteristics was made by domestic scientists: Rod’kin D.I., Mel’nikov N.A., Sokolov V.S., and others.

In papers [9-15], the identification of EPQI of complex power systems is based on the achievements of neurobiology.

To sum up, we can make a conclusion about the practical importance of developing theoretical and practical issues of identifying the states of complex power systems based on the results of parameters monitoring of their physical objects.

3. STUDY OBJECTIVES For the realization of an engineering system for critical applications, we haven’t defined such an objective as to develop an identification procedure of all EPQI. The objective is to carry out comparative modeling of calculations of basic EPQI according to GOST *Corresponding author (Tatyana Zhashkova). E-mail: tZhashkova@gmail.com ©2019 International Transaction Journal of

Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A09C http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09C.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.110

3

32144-2013 by the direct method and neural network technology.

The given Standard specifies the following requirements to frequency identification by the A-class devices: 1. The frequency value should be equal to 10 sec. at each time interval. As the frequency of the alternating current cannot be 50 or 60 Hz sharp at a 10 sec. the time interval, the number of periods can be non-integral. The measured main frequency equals the number of full periods (at 10 sec. time interval) to the general duration of full periods. Frequencies of harmonics and interharmonics should be attenuated in order to minimize the impact of multiple zero-crossings before each evaluation.

2. 10 sec. measurements time intervals shouldn’t be exceeded. Intervals exceeding a 10 sec. a time interval is not considered.

3. The frequency measurements error shouldn’t exceed ±0.01 Hz. The measurement range shouldn’t be narrower than 42.5 ÷ 57.5 Hz. 4. It is possible to use other methods of obtaining equivalent results.

4. THEORY To build complex energy systems, it is necessary to develop a model of the corresponding power system as a complex measurement object. Such models have a multi-level hierarchical structure and are built using modern methods and modeling tools [16, 17].

To solve the problems of measuring and controlling a power system, some information base has been created that contains many specialized components, the most important of which describe: - purpose of the power system and work features in different modes and situations; - model of the power system and its elements; - methods for determining the estimates of its characteristics and current states [18].

To solve this problem a sequence diagram for EPQI values identification has been developed (Figure1). Enterprise Architect 8.0 is used as a software platform of UML-modelling.

Figure 1: Sequence diagram for EPQI values identification

4

Tatyana Zhashkova, Elena Meshcheryakova, Olga Yasarevskaya

The microcontroller accumulates measurements during the period of EPQI identification (specified by the Standard), then transmits an array of measurements to the characteristics selection subsystem of EPQI. After that, all indicators are normalized and are fed to a preliminary taught-in neural network. A resulting output normalized value of EPQI is de-normalized and returns to the calling function of the microcontroller.

During the operation of the subsystem of EPQI values identification (Figure2) one can see statuses such as measurements data expectation, EPQI characteristics selection, EPQI values approximation (on the basis of a neural network), EPQI values transmission to the microcontroller which in its turn transmits data to the subsystem of data processing and storage.

Figure 2: Status diagram of the subsystem of EPQI values identification It is known that an ideal source of one phase alternative voltage has one signal identified in the form:

s(t )  A  sin(2ft   ),

(1)

where A – voltage amplitude (311 V); f – voltage frequency (50 Hz);

 – voltage phase (0); t – time (sec.).

It is obvious that under real circumstances all these parameters are not constants.

Figure 3: Model used for getting data for neural network training *Corresponding author (Tatyana Zhashkova). E-mail: tZhashkova@gmail.com ©2019 International Transaction Journal of

Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A09C http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09C.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.110

5

To solve the identification problem a model used for getting an array of data for neural network teaching has been developed (Figure3).

Main units’ description: Filter (12 kHz, 39 to 61 Hz) is a unit of the band-pass filter with frequency cut off from 39 to 61 Hz and sampling frequency of 12 кHz. This filter suppresses low-frequency and high-frequency signal components beyond the bandwidth of 39÷61Hz. The bandwidth exceeds the measurements range (40÷60 Hz) in order to decrease the influence of the filter amplitude-frequency response discontinuity near intermediate-field regions on the signal amplitude.

Data Preparing System is a subsystem of characteristics selection of a signal carrying frequency data. A distance mean value between zero-crossings by a signal at the measuring interval (10 sec.) is selected as a characteristic due to some additional researches. The calculation of this distance is carried out on the basis of a scheme including three adder units: – the first adder unit is considered to be a counter of zero-crossings by a signal; – the second one calculates the number of sampling pulses at the time of two zero-crossings; – the third adder unit identifies a pulses sum obtained by the second adder unit at the time between the first and second zero-crossing at the measuring interval.

The full model of the given unit is shown in Figure 4

Figure 4: Model of Data Preparing System unit Frequency Measurement is a unit realizing a standard algorithm of frequency calculations. A general algorithm of this unit functioning is similar to that of Data Preparing System. There is only one difference: all distance calculations are done between zero-crossings from the negative semi-plane to the positive one (i.e. the signal period duration in samples is calculated), but not between the zero-crossings next (half-period).

Moreover, the third adder output is subjected to transformations according to the Equation

6

Tatyana Zhashkova, Elena Meshcheryakova, Olga Yasarevskaya

(2). It allows us to obtain the following signal frequency value at the unit output: f 

C  fd , Tall

(2)

where C – number of full periods at the measuring interval; fd – sampling frequency, Hz; Tall – duration of all full periods at the measuring interval (it is calculated in repots of sampling frequency).

The unit model is shown in Figure 5.

Figure 5: Model of Frequency Measurement unit Triggered Data Saver is a unit of keeping data (Figure 6) providing keeping data according to a control signal

Figure 6: Model of Triggered Data Saver unit The application of Triggered Data Saver subsystems allows us to avoid obtaining false data in arrays used for neural network teaching. False data are caused by the settling period of Filter unit (12 kHz, 39 to 61 Hz), as during this period signal amplitude is influenced by an attenuated oscillating process, and also by taking into account one false sample at the very beginning of 10 sec. measuring the interval by this model. Subsystems start operating in 10+1/12000 sec. after the model’s start. So the modeling time should be equal to more than 20 sec. for obtaining valid results [18].

An optimal configuration has been developed for a neural network. This model (Figure 7) allows us to simulate both a situation of frequency identification at a distorted signal and the presence of harmonics, interharmonics, and subharmonics and voltage value deviation in the signal. *Corresponding author (Tatyana Zhashkova). E-mail: tZhashkova@gmail.com ©2019 International Transaction Journal of

Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A09C http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09C.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.110

7

Figure 7: Model of frequency identification work on the basis of a feedforward neural network Additional units on the scheme: Normalizator – manages normalization of input values for a neural network (Figure 8).

Figure 8: The model of Normalizator unit Denormalizator – manages frequency unnormalized value identification (Figure 9).

Figure 9: Model of Denormalizator unit

5. RESULT AND DISCUSSION The modeling results are shown in Table 1.

8

Tatyana Zhashkova, Elena Meshcheryakova, Olga Yasarevskaya

Table 1: Error comparison of frequency identification by neural networks and direct calculation algorithm Neural network type Linear network Star-type and base network Feedforward network Common and regressive network Probabilistic network Direct calculation algorithm

Function Matlab newlin newrb newff newgrnn newpnn -

Absolute error, Hz Maximum Average 1.3989750 0.7099935 0.0024566 0.0006933 0.0004123 0.0002961 0.3266724 0.0573861 0.6000000 0.2495210 0.0005258 0.0002588

Simulation results on the frequency band 49 ÷ 51 Hz with a step of 0.2 Hz are: - The maximum absolute error of the neural network is 0.0004123 Hz (for the direct calculation algorithm - 0.0005258 Hz); - The average absolute error of the neural network is 0.00016428 Hz (for the direct calculation algorithm, 0.00006456 Hz).

Thus, from the result, a feedforward neural network demonstrates better results against other neural networks. However, the accuracy of the direct calculation algorithm is a little bit higher.

6. CONCLUSION The identification subsystem has been developed for identifying the electric power quality of complex engineering systems for critical applications. This work was carried out comparative modeling of calculations of basic electric power quality indicators by the direct method and neural network technology. The optimal configuration of a neural network for engineering systems for critical applications has been developed. The study finds that a frequency meter on the basis of a feedforward neural network has the least error.

7. AVAILABILITY OF DATA AND MATERIAL Data/software source code can be made available by contacting the corresponding authors.

8. REFERENCES [1] GOST R 32144-2013. Electric power. Electromagnetic compatibility of engineering tools. Standards of electric power quality in general-purpose electric power supply systems.

[2] RF National Standard GOST R 51317.4.7-2008. Electromagnetic compatibility of engineering tools.

General manual on tools measurement and harmonic and interharmonic measurements for power supply systems and engineering tools attached to. 01.01.2010. M.: Standartiform, 2009. – PP. 60.

[3] RF National Standard GOST R 53333-2008. Electric power. Electromagnetic compatibility of engineering tools. Electric power quality control in general-purpose power supply systems.

01.07.2019. M.: Standartiform, 2019. – PP. 31.

[4] RD 153-34.0-15.502-2002. Methodological instructions on electric power quality control and analysis in general-purpose power supply systems. Part 2. Electric power quality analysis.

01.08.2002. M.: Energoservis, 2003.-PP.23.

[5] Nefretdinov Yu. M., Yaroshevich V.V., Karpov I.S. Results analysis of monitoring registration of electric power quality indicators. – Vestnik MSTU. – 2014. Vol. 17. №1. – p. 67-76.

[6] Goryunov I.T., Mozgalyov V.S., Dubinsky E.V. Main principles of the system development of electric power quality control, analysis and management // Power stations. 1998. №12. *Corresponding author (Tatyana Zhashkova). E-mail: tZhashkova@gmail.com ©2019 International Transaction Journal of

Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A09C http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09C.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.110

9

[7] Sapunov M. Electric power quality issues. Electric engineering news. 2001. №4 (10).

[8] Zhashkova T.V., Volodina E.A. Simulation modelling of the monitoring system of electric power quality indicators – Penza, Modern information technologies, 2012. № 16. – PP. 110-116.

[9] Mikheev M.Yu., Dmitrienko A.G., Zhashkova T.V. Neural network identification of electric power quality indicators. – Penza, International symposium papers «Reliability and Quality», 2009. Vol. 1. – PP. 439-442.

[10] Zhashkova T.V., Syomochkina I.Yu., Lepeshev A.A. The development of a subsystem of neural network identification for determining electric power quality indicators. – Penza, XXI century: Resumes of the Past and Challenges of the Present plus. Scientific Periodical. Series: Engineering Sciences. Information Technologies. – Penza: PenzGTU. 2015. №04 (26). PP. 240-252.

[11] Zhashkova T.V., Murashkina E.N. Power supply control system in AC failure conditions. Modern information technologies: Materials of the International Scientific and Engineering Conference. Issue 16. – Penza: PSTA, 2012. – p. 116-121.

[12] Grishko A.R., Yurkov N.K., Zhashkova T.V. Dynamic optimization of structural elements control of complex systems. XXI century: Resumes of the Past and Challenges of the Present plus: Scientific Periodical. – 2015. - №04 (26). – Penza, 2015. – p. 134-141.

[13] A Lysenko, N. Yurkov, V. Trusov, T. Zhashkova, Ju. Lavendels. Discrete Models in Research of Wave Processes in Rod Structures of Radio-Electronic Means. Applied Computer Systems. – 2018. vol. 23. – Issue 2. – Pp. 135 – 140.

[14] Gemst V.K., Roganov V.R. Technical diagnostics of microprocessor systems of relay protection and automation of electric power systems/lectures. – Riga: Riga Technical Institute, 1983. – PP.72.

[15] Murashkina E.N., Zhashkova T.V. The identification of critical statuses of the monitoring and control system. – Penza, Modern high-tech. 2014. № 5-2. –PP. 62.

[16] M.Yu. Mikheev, T.V. Zhashkova, E.N. Meshcheryakova, K.V. Gudkov, and A.K. Grishko, «Imitation modelling for the subsystem of identification and structuring data of signal sensors» Proceedings of 2016 IEEE East-West Design and Test Symposium, EWDTS 2016, 7807748.

[17] Khodashenas, B. (2015). Nitrate reductase enzyme in Escherichia coli and its relationship with the synthesis of silver nanoparticles. UCT Journal of Research in Science, Engineering and Technology, 3(1),26-32.

[18] K.V. Suslov, N.N. Solonina, A.S. Smirnov «Distributed power quality monitoring» 2014 16th International Conference on Harmonics and Quality of Power (ICHQP), 14399063.

Tatyana Zhashkova is an Associate Professor at Department of Information Technologies and Systems, Penza State Technological University, Penza, Russia. She is a Candidate of Technical Science in Applied Computer Science (in Economics). She is a member of the Russian Academy of Natural Sciences. Her researches are in the fields of Neural Network Signaling, Intelligent Information Systems.

Elena Meshcheryakova is a Senior Lecturer at Department of Information Technologies and Systems, Penza State Technological University, Penza, Russia. Her scientific interests include Identification of Signals of Complex Shape, the Development of Intelligent Information Systems.

Olga Yasarevskaya is an Associate Professor at Penza State Technological University, Penza, Russia. She is a Candidate of Pedagogical Sciences. She is a member of the Penza Regional Commission on the organization of management training, a leading English teacher in the Presidential program on management training.

Trademarks Disclaimer All products names including trademarks TM or registered® trademarks mentioned in this article are the property of their respective owners, using for identification purposes only. Use of them does not imply any endorsement or affiliation.

10

Tatyana Zhashkova, Elena Meshcheryakova, Olga Yasarevskaya

©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies

International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies http://TuEngr.com

PAPER ID: 10A09D

FLEXURAL BEHAVIOR OF REINFORCED CONCRETE BEAMS STRENGTHENED WITH FERROCEMENT a*

a

Sayan Sirimontree , Boonsap Witchayangkoon , a a Krittiya Leartpocasombut , Chanachai Thongchom a

Department of Civil Engineering, Thammasat School of Engineering, Thammasat University, Pathumtani, 12120, THAILAND.

ARTICLEINFO

A B S T RA C T

Article history: Received 06 April 2019 Accepted 04 July 2019 Available online 12 July 2019

The flexural behaviors of reinforced concrete beams strengthened by ferrocement are studied in this work. Three beam specimens with identical size and steel reinforcement are made to perform the experiments. The first beam is used as a reference while the second and the third beams are strengthened by ferrocement, composed of external steel reinforcing bars, wire mesh, and mortar cement. The surface of strengthening specimens is intentionally rough before wrapping by steel wire mesh and patched by mortar cement for the second beam, but for the third beam, shear connectors are provided between the concrete surface and ferrocement. All specimens are tested under static four-point bending test. The results show that significantly increased flexural strengths of strengthening specimens, the second and the third beams, over the reference specimen, are found, but ductility of the specimen with shear connectors is significantly larger than the others. © 2019 INT TRANS J ENG MANAG SCI TECH.

Keywords: Ferrocement beam; static four-point bending test; shear connectors; load-mid span deflection relationships; flexural load carrying capacity.

1. INTRODUCTION Strengthening and repair are necessary to upgrade the damaged structures instead of rebuild or reconstruction of the new ones. Several materials can be used for repairing or strengthening such as using steel plate, fiber-reinforced polymer (FRP) as well as ferrocement. Ferrocement material is a popular technique widely used to upgrade the RC structure. Ferrocement is a thin element, which employs cement mortar combined with a small diameter reinforcing mesh. Ferrocement material is easily bonded to the existing RC structure without the special skill, and there is no formwork required in this technique. The use of ferrocement can significantly enhance the load-carrying capacity, stiffness, and also can reduce the crack-width. The bond surface of RC beam or an existing structure is very important before strengthening with ferrocement. *Corresponding author (S.Sirimontree). E-mail: ssayan@engr.tu.ac.th

©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A09D http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09D.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.111

1

2. LITERATURE REVIEW The technologies to use ferrocement beams have been studied a long time ago such as work of Balaguru et al (1979), to monitor fatigue behaviors and design of ferrocement beams. A more recent, Rafeeqi et al. (2012) studied the performance of ferrocement as material for flexural strengthening. Ferrocement is applied by Khan et al. (2013) to strengthening RC beams with focus on flexural study.

Sirimontree et al. (2015) applied ferrocement to strengthen reinforced concrete column. The study observed behaviors of reinforced concrete (RC) column under static axially loading, encased by longitudinal steel and ferrocement. Vertical steel reinforcements are applied to encase RC column specimens, then wrapped by varying amount of wire mesh and then covered with cement mortar.

The experiment yielded significant improvement of strength and ductility of a strengthened column.

Madadi et al. (2017) conducted a study with experiments versus finite element analysis (FEA) on lightweight ferrocement matrix to observe compressive behaviors. The digital image correlation (DIC) and FEA were used to investigate load-displacement behavior, crack pattern, density, ductility, and elastic modulus were first assessed. Applying both techniques can be used to evaluate lightweight ferrocement for determining material characteristics.

A review of using ferrocement technology constructions and applications was summarized by Sakthivel and Jagannathan (2011).

This paper presents a study on the flexural strengthening of the RC beams using ferrocement.

The effect of shear connectors between beam and ferrocement on the flexural performance is investigated. The flexural behavior including the load-mid span deflection relationships and the mode of failure is discussed.

3. EXPERIMENTAL STUDY A total of three beams with an identical size, span length, and steel reinforcement are cast to perform the flexural test. Description of beam specimens is expressed in Table 1 and Figure 1.

Average 28 days cube strengths (150Ă—150Ă—150 mm) of normal concrete and ferrocement used in producing test specimens are 57 and 54 MPa, respectively. The average yield strength of steel reinforcements for deform bars (DB12 (dia.12mm)) and round bars (RB9 (dia. 9mm)) from the tensile test are 429 and 358 MPa, respectively. The beams are strengthened by ferrocement at three sides with a thickness of 30 mm. Figure 2 presents the preparation of beam specimens. Finally, the four-point bending test of all beams is performed statically to failure, as shown in Figure 3.

Table 1: Description of beam specimens.

Specimen BR BF BFS

2

Description Reference beam specimen Beam strengthened by external steel reinforcement wrapped by ferrocement without shear connectors Beam strengthened by external steel reinforcement wrapped by ferrocement with 6 mm. diameter round bar shear connectors (see Figure 1)

S.Sirimontree, B.Witchayangkoon, K.Leartpocasombut, C.Thongchom

Figure 1: Details of beam specimens

*Corresponding author (S.Sirimontree). E-mail: ssayan@engr.tu.ac.th

©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A09D http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09D.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.111

3

Figure 2: Preparation of test specimens.

Figure 3: The four-point bending test of beam specimens.

4. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION Figure 4 gives the load-mid span deflection relationships for all beams. Cracks pattern of test specimens is shown in Figure 5. Table 2 shows the values of the cracking load, yield load, ultimate load, and ultimate deflection of all beams.

The cracking, yield, ultimate loads, and ultimate deflection of the reference beam (Beam BR) are 27.3 kN, 65.6 kN, 79.6 kN, and 59.6 mm, respectively. Generally, the beam failed by yielding of

4

S.Sirimontree, B.Witchayangkoon, K.Leartpocasombut, C.Thongchom

tensile reinforcement followed by the crushing of concrete (under-reinforced section).

For the beams strengthened with ferrocement, without shear connectors, the cracking, yield, ultimate loads, and ultimate deflection of Beam BF are 51.2 kN, 119.9 kN, 137.3 kN, and 50.3 mm, respectively. The cracking, yield and ultimate loads are higher than those reference beam by 88%, 83%, and 72.5%, respectively, while the ultimate deflection decreased by 16%. With shear connectors, the cracking, yield, ultimate loads, and ultimate deflection of Beam BFS are 49.2, 133.5 kN, 142.8 kN, and 75.1 mm, respectively. The cracking, yield, ultimate loads, and ultimate deflection are higher than those reference beam by 80%, 104%, 79%, and 26%, respectively.

Based on the experimental results, it can be observed that the ferrocement can significantly enhance the flexural capacity in terms of the cracking, yield, and ultimate loads. The ultimate load of beams with and without shear connectors are similar. However, it was observably seen that the ductility of the beam with shear connectors was higher than that without shear connectors because of the different mode of failure. Figure 6 shows the comparisons of the failure modes between strengthened beams with and without shear connectors. Without shear connectors, the beam failed by the delamination between ferrocement and beam due to the shear flow, as shown in Figure 6(a).

The load was suddenly dropped after the ultimate load. It directly affects to the ductility of the beam because of the loss of the horizontal shear flow between beam surfaces. With shear connectors, the good bond at failure between ferrocement and beam surface was found, as shown in Figure 6(b).

160

BFS

140

Load P (kN)

120 100

BF

80

BR

60 40 20 0 0

20

40

60

80

Mid span deflection (mm)

Figure 4: Load-mid span deflection relationships.

Specimen BR BF BFS

Table 2: Experimental results.

Cracking Yield Ultimate Deflection load load load at yield (kN) (kN) (kN) load (mm) 27.3 65.6 79.6 8.1 51.2 119.9 137.5 4.7 49.2 133.5 142.8 8.8

*Corresponding author (S.Sirimontree). E-mail: ssayan@engr.tu.ac.th

Ultimate deflection (mm) 59.6 50.3 75.1

Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A09D http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09D.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.111

5

Max load=79.6 kN Transfer beam BR

Max load=137.3 kN Transfer beam BF

Max load=142.8 kN Transfer beam BFS

Figure 5: Cracks pattern of the test specimen at failure.

Figure 6: Effect of shear connectors on composite action between ferrocement and beam surface.

5. CONCLUSION This paper investigated the flexural behavior of RC beams strengthened with ferrocement. The effect of shear connectors is observed. Based on the experimental study, the following conclusion can be made: 1. The strengthened beams with ferrocement showed an increase in flexural load carrying capacity over the reference beam up to 79%.

6

S.Sirimontree, B.Witchayangkoon, K.Leartpocasombut, C.Thongchom

2. The good ductility performance can be obtained in beam strengthened ferrocement with shear connectors, which is larger than the reference beam up to 26%.

6. AVAILABILITY OF DATA AND MATERIAL Studied data and detail is included in this article.

7. REFERENCES Balaguru, P. N., Naaman, A. E., and Shah, S. P. (1979). “Fatigue behavior and design of ferrocement beams.” ASCE J Struct Div, 105(7), 1333-1346.

Khan, S. U., Rafeeqi, S., and Ayub, T. (2013). “Strengthening of RC beams in flexure using ferrocement.”

Iranian Journal of Science and Technology. Transactions of Civil Engineering, 37(C), 353.

Madadi, A., Eskandari-Naddaf, H., and Gharouni-Nik, M. (2017). “Lightweight ferrocement matrix compressive behavior: experiments versus finite element analysis.” Arabian Journal for Science and Engineering, 42(9), 4001-4013.

Rafeeqi, S., Khan, S., and Lodi, S. (2012). “Performance of ferrocement as flexural strengthening in rural areas.” Paper presented at the 10th International Symposium on Ferrocement and Thin Reinforced Cement Composites (Ferro10), Havana, Cuba.

Sakthivel, P., and Jagannathan, A. (2011). “Ferrocement construction technology and its applications–A Review.” Proc. Int. Conf. on Structural Engineering, Construction and Management (ICSECM-2011), Kandy, Sri Lanka, 15-17 December 2011.

Sirimontree, S., Witchayangkoon, B., and Lertpocasombut, K. (2015). Strengthening of reinforced concrete column via ferrocement jacketing. American Transactions on Engineering and Applied Sciences, 4(1), 39-47.

Dr. Sayan Sirimontree earned his bachelor degree from Khonkaen University Thailand, master degree in Structural Engineering from Chulalongkorn University Thailand and Ph.D. in Structural Engineering from Khonkaen University Thailand. He is an Associate Professor at Thammasat University Thailand. He is interested in the durability of concrete, repair, and strengthening of reinforced and prestressed concrete structures.

Dr. Boonsap Witchayangkoon is an Associate Professor at Department of Civil Engineering, Thammasat University. He received his B.Eng. from the King Mongkut’s University of Technology Thonburi with Honors in 1991. He continued his Ph.D. study at University of Maine, USA, where he obtained his Ph.D. in Spatial Information Science & Engineering. Dr. Witchayangkoon current interests involve applications of emerging technologies to engineering.

Dr. Krittiya Lertpocasombut is an Associate Professor in the Department of Civil Engineering, Faculty of Engineering, Thammasat University, Thailand. She received a B.Sc. from Chulalongkorn University, Thailand, an M.Sc. from Asian Institute of Technology, D.E.A. Diplome d’Etudes Approfondies in Water Purification and Treatment Engineering from INSA de Toulouse, France, and a Ph.D. in Water Purification and Treatment Engineering, Institut National des Sciences Appliquees (INSA), Toulouse, France. Dr. Lertpocasombut is interested in water and wastewater treatment; wastewater recycled by membrane technology; water supply sludge treatment and its reuse/recycle.

Dr. Chanachai Thongchom is affiliated with Department of Civil Engineering, Faculty of Engineering, Thammasat University, Thailand. He received a Bachelor of Engineering degree from Thammasat University and a Ph.D. from Chulalongkorn University. He visited and conducted research at Syracuse University, USA. His research skills and expertise are related to Finite Element Analysis, Structural Analysis, Civil Engineering, Reinforced Concrete, Safety Engineering, Fire Safety Engineering, FRP, and Flexural Retrofitting.

Note: The original of this article was reviewed, accepted, and presented at the 4th International Conference-Workshop on Sustainable Architecture and Urban Design (ICWSAUD2019), a joint conference with 4th International Conference on Engineering, Innovation, and Technology, during 24-26 June 2019 at Vistana Penang Bukit Jambul Hotel, Penang, Malaysia. *Corresponding author (S.Sirimontree). E-mail: ssayan@engr.tu.ac.th

©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A09D http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09D.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.111

7

©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies

International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies http://TuEngr.com

Paper ID: 10A09E

IMPORT SUBSTITUTION PROCESS IN THE RUSSIAN ECONOMY IN THE CONTEXT OF INTERNATIONAL SANCTIONS: ISSUES OF THEORY AND PRACTICE L.E. Namyatova a

a*

Ural Federal University, Ekaterinburg 620002, ul. Mira, 19, RUSSIAN FEDERATION

ARTICLEINFO

A B S T RA C T

Article history: Received 01 May 2019 Received in revised form 21 June 2019 Accepted 04 July 2019 Available online 12 July 2019

The relevance problem of import substitution is explained with the practicability of using a systematic approach to analyze the real state of the Russian economy. This article provides a brief historical background on the origin of the idea of import substitution in the XVIII century and its further development. It considers its essence as a response to Keywords: international sanctions imposed by the USA, the EU, and their allies.

High-tech investment; Noting that import substitution should be distinguished from International sanctions; protectionism, which is based on different aims. The mechanisms of protectionism; import substitution by three main categories are indicated. There is a list Mechanisms of import of rules that must be followed when developing strategies for import substitution; Strategy of substitution. The article highlights the negative effect of the sanction import substitution; imposition, reflected on the Russian foreign trade in 2016–2017, Domestic technology compared to 2013, as well as on the supply of high-tech investment development. products. Also, it gives particular examples of the current situation in some spheres of economic activity and identifies threshold requirements in industrial production in the world practice and Russia. Focusing on the effective re-equipment of the Russian economy, it is necessary to manufacture competitive labour tools in a certain order: from the production of labour tools for the machine-tool industry to their production for the engineering industries and to the production for other sectors of the economy. Attention should be paid to the quality of the workforce capable of servicing advanced technologies and equipment.

There are tasks whose introduction will contribute to a successful solution of the problem of import substitution. The aim of this article is to identify "bottlenecks" in the development of the Russian economy and suggest measures to eliminate them, focusing on its essential components.

Particular measures to increase the real potential of the country are suggested. © 2019 INT TRANS J ENG MANAG SCI TECH.

*Corresponding author (L.E. Namyatova). E-mail: LNamyatova@gmail.com ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID: 10A09E http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09E.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.112

1

1. INTRODUCTION Perhaps not all identified drawbacks in the development of the Russian economy can be leveled by import substitution, but this process is a key to restoring the sovereignty of the domestic economy.

The scientific problem of the article is devoted to the development of a more complete picture of the specific nature of import substitution in Russian conditions, in contrast to protectionism, which is unthinkable without new industrialization and is its immediate priority.

Aim of the study. Clarification of specific features of import substitution policy, the result of its introduction will be domestic competitive products and an increase in volumes of knowledge-intensive and high-tech products.

Tasks of study.

- Analysis of the components of the policy of protectionism and import substitution.

- Justification of proposals for a successful solution of problems on import substitution in the economy.

2. METHODOLOGY The novelty of the research is in reviewing the priorities in the national policy caused by the sanctions pressure of Western countries and the search for new ways of economic development of Russia. The article considers clarification of peculiarities of import substitution in theoretical terms.

A systematic approach was used on the basis of a dialectical method of studying objects.

Mathematical-statistical methods were used.

The theoretical and practical importance of research. The peculiarities of import substitution were suggested on the basis of summarizing the research of scientists, which can be used in the development of economic science. The materials of the work can be used by universities in training and retraining of technical and economic specialists.

The results of research of Russian and foreign scientists were used in this article. The Russian scientists who worked on this problem are A.I. Altukhov, S.Afontsev, A. Babkin, M. Brazhnikov, N.Vodomerov, B.Zamarayev, H.Karchayev, T. Marshova, L.Namyatova, R.Nureev, L. Orlenko, A.V.Petrikov, B.Rakhaev, E.G. Safronov, A.N. Semin, V.Uzun, V.Faltsman, A.Shiryaev, A.Shutkov and foreign scientists J.Stiglitz, J.-L.Truel, C.R.McConnell, S.L.Brue, S.M.Flynn, F.Kotler, G.Armstrong, and others.

3. RESULT AND DISCUSSION The policy of import substitution was a result of the policy of protectionism, developed by theorists of mercantilist theory in the XVI-XVII centuries. The policy of protectionism was aimed at protecting the national economy from foreign competition. K.Marx [1] wrote about the policy of protectionism: ÂŤThe system of protection was an artificial means of manufacturing manufacturers, of expropriating independent laborers, of capitalizing the national means of production and subsistence, and of forcibly abbreviating the transition from the medieval to the modern mode of productionÂť.

In Russia, in the second half of the XVII century, the policy of protectionism was adopted by the

2

L.E. Namyatova

foremost representative of Russian economic thought A.L.Ordyn-Nashchokin. He issued The New Trade Charter in 1667, which became a major legislative act regulating trade duties [2]. He was the predecessor of Peter I, in whose foreign trade policy was the idea of an active trade balance.

Researchers [3; 4; 5; 6; 7] revealed a number of positive and negative aspects of protectionist foreign policy, which characteristics are given in Table 1.

F. Kotler, G.Armstrong, and other researchers paid attention to the methods of protectionism in the global marketing environment, noting that when selling goods to another country, a company faces both trade barriers and trade facilitating factors [8].

The idea of import substitution was put forward in XVII century by A.Hamilton (1757-1804), the American statesman and the first secretary of the US treasury in the government of G.Washington, who developed a system of measures to strengthen the US economy and authorized the American national currency - the dollar [9].

In XIX century his idea was developed by the German economist F.List (1789–1846), the author of the book “The National System of Political Economy” (1841), a forefather of a new historical school. He developed the concept of successive stages of production; gave a justification of the active economic policy of the state and the need to unite various individuals and their interaction to achieve the expected results [10].

Table 1: The characteristics of foreign economic policy № 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5

List of functions of protectionism policy Authors Positive aspects of protectionism policy Protection of domestic producers from foreign competitors McConnell et al. (2018), Iokhin (2005), Risin et al. (2014), Kosov et al. (2015) Support of development of emerging manufacturers and industries McConnell et al. (2018), Iokhin, (2005), Risin et al. (2014) Stimulation of production and providing employment in the country McConnell et al. (2018), Iokhin (2005), Risin et al. (2014) Ensuring the economic and national security of the state McConnell et al. (2018), Iokhin (2005), Risin et al. (2014) Prevention of reorientation of consumer demand from domestic Iokhin (2005) products to the imported one State revenue generation McConnell et al. (2018), Iokhin (2005), Risin et al. (2014), Kosov et al. (2015) Maintenance of the required level of the country's trade balance Iokhin (2005), Kosov et al. (2015) Negative aspects of protectionism policy The slowdown in scientific and technological progress Iokhin (2005) Neutralization of external competition factors Iokhin (2005) Individualization of structural changes in the national economy Iokhin (2005) Price increase not only for imported but also for similar goods of McConnell et al. (2018), Iokhin (2005), domestic production Risin et al. (2014), Kosov et al. (2015) Redistribution of consumer income in favour of the state McConnell et al. (2018), Iokhin (2005), Kosov et al. (2015)

In Russia, the idea of import substitution was adopted by an eminent statesman S.Y. Witte (1849–1915), who was strongly influenced by German economic studies, primarily by F.List. In his book, "National Economy and Friedrich List" Witte justified the program of accelerated industrialization of the country. He considered the rise of agriculture as a “national general economic task,” a basis for industry development [10]. *Corresponding author (L.E. Namyatova). E-mail: LNamyatova@gmail.com ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID: 10A09E http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09E.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.112

3

In the second half of XX century some countries, including Latin America, carried out the policy of import substitution. The main ideologue of the concept of import substitution was the Argentine economist R. Prebisch [11].

In modern conditions, there is a close relationship between the countries of the world, which is primarily in the mutual exchange of products on the basis of the international labour division.

However, economic globalization has not only undeniable advantages but also significant disadvantages. The Nobel Prize winner in economics, J. Stiglitz (2001) [12] believes that "the benefits of globalization were often less than its advocates claimed, and its price is much higher."

Since 2014, in Russia, the import substitution has become a priority in state policy, which was caused by a sharp aggravation of the geopolitical situation for the country, the introduction of Western sanctions and Russian response measures to limit import from the countries, which support these sanctions.

Import substitution is to reduce or stop importing of a certain product due to production same or similar goods in the country [13].

According to Creteil J.-L. Truel and J. Pashchenko [14], the scientists of the Paris University, it is necessary to distinguish import substitution from pure protectionism. If the aim of import substitution is to help increase the competitiveness of the national economy in the long term, but the main task of protectionism is to close the domestic market while maintaining backwardness, rather than making competitive new industries that produce high-quality and demanded products. They distinguish the mechanisms of import substitution by three main categories (Figure 1): restricting imports, stimulating local production and stimulating the consumption of domestic products. These tools have different efficiency in terms of industrial policy.

Figure 1: The mechanisms of import substitution

4

L.E. Namyatova

To make Russian products competitive in the world market, it is necessary to improve all elements of the productive forces and production relations in the country. They should be in absolute interconnection and interdependence with each other, fully immersed into the economic system. The elements of the productive forces - the means of labour, the objects of labour and labour force should in the future correspond to the sixth technological order and it would require considerable financial resources and certain efforts supported by the state.

At the same time, it is necessary to strengthen ties between all participants of the production economic system: education, science, industry and support services. If there are no such ties or they are weak, neither well-developed science nor education will increase the competitiveness of products.

A striking example is a huge gap between a high scientific and innovative potential of Russia and a rather low level of output of innovative products in the industry. In general, “the Russian innovation system is strong at the input and relatively weak at the output� [15] and one of the main reasons is probably the lack of interaction between agents.

The industries, especially in the manufacturing industry, are united not only with input/output relations but also with technological ties. This concept is similar to the concept of "the technical system", focused on combinations of technologies and on the conditions in which they operate [16].

However, the competitive advantages in several industries in Russia are not enough if they are not involved in the economy.

According to [17], in the development of an import substitution strategy, the following rules should be observed: - identification of the main element of import dependence; - sequential development of domestic production for import substitution; - complexity, systematic development; - an assessment of prospects; - prioritization; - state regulation and state support.

Each of these rules has its own function in the process of import substitution and works for a common goal. Before considering the necessity and practicability of import substitution in the country's economy, we characterize its status in the context of international anti-Russian sanctions.

The negative effect of the introduction of sanctions reflected, first of all, on the indicators of foreign trade, which is central in the international economic relations. Export, import and external turnover of the Russian Federation in 2016 and 2017 in comparison to 2013 (the year before the imposition of sanctions) are presented in Table 2.

Table 2: Export, import and external turnover in RF in 2013, 2016 and 2017, billions of US dollars [18; 19] 2013 526.0 % to 2013 100.0

Export 2016 285.7

2017 357.8

2013 315.3

Import 2016 182.4

2017 227.5

2013 841.3

54.3

68.0

100.0

57.8

72.1

100.0

External turnover 2016 2017 468.1 585.3 55.6

69.6

*Corresponding author (L.E. Namyatova). E-mail: LNamyatova@gmail.com Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID: 10A09E http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09E.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.112

5

Data analysis indicates the collapse of indicators in 2016 compared to 2013, which went up to a loss of almost 1/2 of the exports volume, imports and external turnover of the RF. In 2017, the situation improved a little, but still, losses for all indicators were about 30%. Of course, such a significant decline in the components of foreign trade was a result of not only economic sanctions, but also of continuous fall in world prices for energy resources, and ruble devaluation, etc.

There is a structure of the formed export and import of Russia in 2013 and 2017 (Tables 2 and 3).

The data shows that in the conditions of sanctions pressure of Western countries with a decrease in exports in 2017 by 32% compared to 2013, the EU is still a key partner of Russia in both exports and imports. So, if in 2013 the EU had 53.7% of total Russian exports, then in 2017 it was 44.6%. For comparison: the trade intensity with the CIS and China in 2017 was lower than that with the EU in 3.3 and 4.1 times, respectively (Table 3).

Table 3: The country structure of Russia exports in 2013 and 2017 [18; 19] 2013 Rank

Partner

1 2 3 4 5

EU CIS China Turkey Japan

6

the Republic of Korea USA Switzerland India Taiwan (China) Top-10 Other countries Total

7 8 9 10

2017 Billions of dollars 282.2 74.0 35.6 25.4 19.7

%

Rank

partner

53.7 14.1 6.8 4.8 3.7

1 2 3 4 5

14.8

2.8

6

EU CIS China Turkey the Republic of Korea USA

11.1 8.7 7.0 4.4 482.9 43.1 526.0

2.1 1.7 1.3 0.8 91.8 8.2 100.0

7 8 9 10

Japan India Egypt Algeria Top-10 Other countries Total

Billions of dollars 159.7 48.1 38.9 18.7 12.3

% 44.6 13.4 10.9 5.2 3.5

10.6

3.0

10.4 6.5 6.2 4.6 316.0 41.8 357.8

2.9 1.8 1.7 0.8 88.3 11.7 100.0

The sustainability of the country structure should be noted. In 2017, as in 2013, the first seven positions were occupied by the same countries: the EU, the CIS, China, Turkey, Japan, the Republic of Korea and the USA. The share of 10 countries was 91.8% in 2013 and 88.3% of total exports in 2017, i.e., a decrease was 3.5 percentage points (p.p.)

In addition, there was a significant change in the structure of Russian exports. If in 2016 and 2017 59.2 and 60.4% of exports were for mineral products (169.1 and 216.2 billion dollars), these figures decreased by 12.9 and 11.1 p.p. compared to 2013 (by 206.7 and 159.6 billion dollars, respectively).

As S. Afontsev notes [20], the country structure of Russian exports is mainly determined with the directions of hydrocarbon supply. The current focus on predominantly pipeline supply channels means high inertia in the export geography and makes it impossible for the trade flows to maneuver quickly in response to changes in the political environment of cooperation with key partners.

As for imports, the stable position of the same seven countries should be noted, and the share of 10 countries in total imports in 2013 was 90.0%, in 2017 - 87.7%, i.e. the decrease was 2.1 p.p. (by 83.8 billion dollars) (Table 4).

6

L.E. Namyatova

Table 4: The country structure of imports in RF in 2013 and 2015 [18; 19] Rank 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

2013 Partner Billion dollars EU 134.3 China 53.1 CIS 39.0 USA 16.5 Japan 13.6 The Republic of 10.3 Korea Turkey 7.3 Brazil 3.5 India 3.1 Switzerland 3.0 Top-10 283.7 Other countries 31.6 Total 315.3

% 42.6 16.8 12.4 5.2 4.3 3.3

Rank 1 2 3 4 5 6

2.3 1.1 1.0 0.8 90.0 10.0 100.0

7 8 9 10

2017 Partner Billion dollars EU 86.9 China 48.0 CIS 24.9 USA 12.6 Japan 7.8 The Republic of 6.9 Korea Turkey 3.4 Vietnam 3.3 Brazil 3.2 India 2.9 Top-10 199.9 Other countries 27.6 Total 227.5

% 38.2 21.1 11.0 5.5 3.4 3.0 1.5 1.5 1.4 1.3 87.9 12.1 100.0

The current situation was caused by a decrease in imports of high-tech investment products, where there are significant restrictions, and sometimes the impossibility of compensation from other sources. There was a decrease in purchases of food products and agricultural raw materials, and other components of imports.

Then, let’s identify the import dependence of some particular components of the economy. Thus, scientists [21] believe that the worst situation is with the production potential of mechanical engineering, the industry that should provide the national economy with the means of labour, and this was the result of many years of inattention to the production of machinery and equipment of investment purposes.

units, thousand

According to the authors' calculations, the level of capacity utilization in 2014 in the production of machinery and equipment was 40%. According to Rosstat [18; 22], the level of use of the average annual production capacity only in the production of metal-cutting machines in 2014–2015; 2016 and 2017 was respectively 17.5; 14.4 and 19.5%. The production volumes of metal-cutting machines in 2010, 2013–2017 are in Figure 2 [18; 19].

5

3.9

4 3

2.8

2.9

2010

2013

4.2

4.2

2016

2017

3.4

2 1 0

2014

2015

Figure 2: Production of metal-cutting machines in 2010, 2013–2017 Analyzing the data, we note that there were very small production volumes of metal-cutting machines at domestic enterprises (from 2.8 thousand units in 2010 to 4.2 thousand units in 2016 and 2017) and with the use of imported details. *Corresponding author (L.E. Namyatova). E-mail: LNamyatova@gmail.com ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID: 10A09E http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09E.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.112

7

Vodomerov [23] focuses on the unprecedented decline in production of means of labour by different types in tens and hundreds of times during the years of reform. Imported equipment began to dominate at the market, and many types of machine tools of domestic production are manufactured with a high proportion of foreign components. He also quotes the statement of the Deputy Chairman of the Government of the Russian Federation, D.O. Rogozin, who treated the foreign supply of machines as a “second needle” - along with the oil and gas one - capable of moving the country into “technological slavery”.

As a result, a huge flow of similar, but higher-quality products came from abroad (845 thousand in 2013, 788 and 620 thousand machines, respectively, in 2014 and 2017, with more than 95% of the total supply was from far foreign countries [18; 19] (Figure 3).

units, thousand

Buying abroad individual machines and equipment for some enterprises, L. Orlenko believes [24], is strategically unprofitable for the country, as when purchased machines are depreciated or broken, and new foreign machines must be bought, i.e. such dependence on the West becomes permanent. He stresses that at present the share of imports in the machine tool industry is more than 90%, and in the electronic industry - 80–90%. According to the Ministry of Industry and Trade, with the current methods, it is possible to reduce imports in these sectors up to 50–60% by 2020, i.e., it will take about 20 years to complete import substitution.

1000 800 600 400 200 0

845

788 620

562

2010

2013

2014

406

397

2015

2016

2017

Figure 3: Imports of metal-cutting machines in 2010, 2013–2017 As researcher V. Faltsman [25] notes, metal-cutting machines are the main technological equipment of both defense and civil engineering, but the production of these products in Russia has practically stopped. Import is almost 100% in the national economy. Low competitiveness of the domestic machine industry threatens the development of the military-industrial sector.

It is difficult to use third-country markets for this purpose, as modern dual-purpose machines are often equipped with location control sensors, and are connected to the Internet, and sometimes have hidden modules for transmitting information about their products. However, Russia can receive machines through importers who are not affiliated with Western companies, i.e. it is a question of the proposal of the Federal Antimonopoly Service on legalization of parallel imports of goods without direct contracts with their owners.

According to N. Vodomerov’s calculations, for effective technical re-equipment of enterprises in various sectors of the economy, it is necessary to put into operation 20 machine-tool factories. This will require 20-25 billion rubles of investments, that is, almost 30 times less than the cost of the program on development and introduction of the 2018 World Cup.

8

L.E. Namyatova

As for the agrarian sector, the comparison of exports and imports of food products and agricultural raw materials (except textiles), as well as the indicators ratios are in Table 4 [18 19].

As it shows, there is still large-scale imports of food products and agricultural raw material (in 2013, 2016 and 2017, respectively, 43255; 25072 and 28,924 million dollars.). Import supply in 2016 and 2017 were respectively 58.0 and 66.9% to the level in 2013, i.e., dependence on foreign supplies was significantly reduced. At the same time, the export did not overcome the import in those periods (Table 5).

Table 5: The ratio of exports and imports of food products and agricultural raw materials (except textiles) Period 2013 2016 2017

Export Mln dollars % to 2013 16262 100.0 17075 105.0 20699 127.3

Import Mln dollars % to 2013 43255 100.0 25072 58.0 28924 66.9

Export to import. % 37.6 68.1 71.6

V. Uzun [26] considers that to study the issue of food independence of Russia, besides the mentioned ratio, the following should be taken into account: world prices, changes in the ruble exchange rate, domestic prices for agricultural raw materials and processed products, demand of the population and consumption volumes, increase in production volumes due to the import of raw materials. For the period 1997–2013, according to his calculations, the minimum level of food independence was in 1999 — 79%, the maximum in 2012 — 89%.

In agriculture, the main production factor is land, and the activities on it have some peculiarities; they are direct dependence on natural and climatic conditions; seasonality of the nature of economic activity; interconnection of economic and biological processes; a special role of water resources; territorial distribution and vast areas; production of products to satisfy the basic needs of every individual, etc. [27]. At the same time, the economy should be aimed at maximizing the use of innovative technologies that provide products with higher added value. A. Semin writes [28], that trading of products in an unprocessed form should be reduced up to the limit. Trading of whole grains seems to be analogous to the trading of raw oil.

It is very important that the quality of the products supplied to the market ensures food safety.

For comparison, confectionery and cereals were selected from a long list of food products, as the greatest number of violations was observed in their quality over a long period of time (Figures 4 and 5) [18; 22; 29].

40

domestic products

31.6 30

imported products

25.4 21.4 17.1

20 10.6

14.1 6.7

10

9

5.6

2.3

4.3 5.6

2.4 1.2

2.6 4.5

2016

2017

0 1995

2000

2005

2010

2014

2015

Figure 4: Low quality and (or) danger of confectionery products % *Corresponding author (L.E. Namyatova). E-mail: LNamyatova@gmail.com ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID: 10A09E http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09E.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.112

9

The given data allowed making a conclusion that a high percentage of products of low quality, and often just dangerous for the health of consumers, are present on the market and, first of all, it concerns imported products. The percentages of low quality products in imported confectionery were 31.6% in 1995, 21.4% in 2000, 14.1% in 2005, 25.4% in 2014.

100

domestic products

81.6

imported products

80 60 40

49.9 39.2

53.7

27.5 17.4

20

5.6 2.2

10.7 0.7

1.3 0.6

0.9 3.2

1 2.3

2010

2014

2015

2016

2017

0 1995

2000

2005

Figure 5: Low quality and (or) danger of cereals, % For imported cereals, the figures are even higher: 81.6% in 1995, 49.9% in 2000, 53.7% in 2005.

As for domestic products, high indicators were recorded in 1995 and 2000: 10.6 and 17.1%, respectively, for confectionery products, and 27.5 and 39.2% for cereals.

Thus, attention should be focused on the huge amount of food from abroad of low quality, and therefore the question of import substitution is on the agenda.

There is a significant dependence of the agrarian economy on foreign supplies of machinery and equipment. Thus, academician of RAS A. Altukhov [30] outlined the following positions. In 2015, the food industry was more than 95% dependent on imports of equipment. The share of imported machinery and equipment for animal husbandry was almost 90%, tractors - 66.4, combine harvesters - 29.7 and forage harvesters - 22.0%. For various reasons, in 2015 compared to 2014, agricultural producers purchased tractors and harvesters less by 17%. Besides, the proportion of foreign crop varieties remains significant. In 2015, the share of sugar beet was 96.1%, sunflower - 48.7, maize 41.7%.

In 2006–2012, as A. Petrikov notes [31], imports of agricultural technologies was 8.1 billion rubles, and exports - only 17.7 million rubles, which indicates a low level of competitiveness of domestic technologies. Development of new technologies and their use by agricultural enterprises, as Altukhov and Semin [32] stress, is impossible without serious state support.

Then, there is no attention at the federal level to import substitution of simple products [33], the production of which (unlike high-tech products) requires relatively less time and money. It concerns consumer goods. For example, an import of bolts, screws, and nuts was over 500 million in 2013 and in 2014, and in 2015 it was 419 million. The main reason is the absence of appropriate machines.

It should be emphasized once again that mechanical engineering is a guarantor of the economic security of the country, whose indicator is the share in the industrial manufacturing industry with a threshold value of at least 70% (in the Russian Federation it is 50%) and the share in the industrial production of mechanical engineering not less than 30% (in the Russian Federation it is 20%).

Therefore, the technical re-equipment of machine-building enterprises is the most important strategic

10

L.E. Namyatova

priority which determines the competitiveness of the real sector of the economy [34].

After examining the status of some spheres of the Russian economy, it is necessary to pay special attention to the obstacles that delay the import substitution policy: - the dominance of the commodity sector, reduction in the share of manufacturing industries, that does not allow producing products with a larger share of gross added value (it is proved with high volumes of mineral resources in Russian exports, for example, in 2013 and 2017 it was 71.5 and 60.4% respectively); - a high degree of amortization of fixed assets at organizations in 2010–2017 exceeded 47%, i.e. the indicator was at a critical point; - the annual decline in investments to fixed assets in relation to the previous year; - a share of employees whose skills and qualifications do not meet modern requirements; - the lack of an adequate external environment for the activities of enterprises, primarily a high level of taxation.

In our opinion, to solve the challenges of import substitution in the country successfully, it is necessary to focus on the following components: 1) to carry out a large-scale technical and technological renewal of fixed assets with a focus on neo-industrialization; 2) to use the system of state orders, first of all, for the enterprises of the machine-tool industry and other branches of mechanical engineering; 3) to increase the real potential of the economy due to the additional loading of production capacities for investment, intermediate, consumer and fuel and energy products; 4) to decrease the interest rate on loans, especially for mechanical engineering and agricultural enterprises; 5) to determine the state participation in co-financing of promising investment projects; 6) to improve the regulatory framework that ensures the introduction of import substitution in various sectors of the economy; 7) to solve the problem of providing personnel with high qualification to industries and enterprises focused on the production of import substitution products; 8) to make a favourable environment for manufacturers of finished products.

As a result, the tasks are achievable and require the active participation of the state and all economic entities.

4. CONCLUSION From the study of literary sources, the differences in the protectionism and import substitution policies are summarized. The conditions that make difficulties for import substitution policy are given. The possibilities of manufacturing products for import substitution are shown.

The policy of import substitution appeared after the policy of protectionism, developed in XVI-XVII centuries. The idea of import substitution was first announced in XVIII century and got further development. After studying educational and scientific literature, the positive and negative aspects of the protectionism policy were revealed, and its main drawback is the slowdown of the STP. *Corresponding author (L.E. Namyatova). E-mail: LNamyatova@gmail.com Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID: 10A09E http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09E.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.112

11

Import substitution aims to increase the competitiveness of the national economy in the long term, moving to the sixth technological order to ensure the manufacture of products with higher gross added value, which require the improvement of all components of productive forces and production relations.

The mechanisms of import substitution are identified in three main categories, the rules for developing an import substitution strategy are revealed. The import substitution program should play a role of a triggering mechanism in the development of an active industrial policy. The strategy should be selective and stimulate investment and innovation activities of promising industries and enterprises, which focus on import substitution and on the production of competitive products for the world market. The introduction of the import substitution program will allow our country to keep the status of an independent subject of world politics.

5. CONFLICT OF INTERESTS The authors confirm that the revealed information does not contain a conflict of interest.

6. DATA AVAILABILITY STATEMENT No data has been used or generated in this study.

7. ACKNOWLEDGMENT The work was carried out with the support of the Ural Federal University.

8. REFERENCES [1] Marx K. Capital. A critique of political economy. Vol.1. Book 1: The process of production of capital. M.: Politizdat, 1983. 767pp.

[2] History of Russian economic thought. Vol. 1. The era of feudalism. Part One IX – XVIII centuries / ed.

A.I. Pashkov. M.: Politizdat, 1955. 756 pp.

[3] McConnell K.R., Brue S.L., Flynn Sh.M. Economics: principles, problems and policies. Trans. 18th eng.ed. M.: INFRA-M, 2018. 1028 pp.

[4] Iokhin V.Ya. Economic theory: a textbook. M.: Economist, 2005. 961 pp.

[5] Kosov N.S., Satalkina N.I., Terekhova Y.O. Macroeconomics: ed. manual / ed. N.S. Kosov. M.: INFRA-M, 2015. 284 pp.

[6] State regulation of the economy: ed. manual / ed. I.E. Risin. M.: KNORUS, 2014. 240 pp.

[7] The course of economic theory: a textbook / ed. M.N. Chepurin, E.A. Kiseleva. 7th ed. Kirov, "ASA", 2011. 880 pp.

[8] Kotler F., Armstrong G., Wong V., Saunders J. Fundamentals of Marketing. 5th European ed.: Trans. from Eng. M.: OOO “I. D. Williams, 2014. 752 pp.

[9] Namyatova, L.E., Semin, A.N. United States of America: Presidents and economic-geographical environment: Modern dictionary-reference guide of a business person. M., 2019. 144 pp.

[10]

Bartenev S.А. The history of economic studies: a textbook. M.: INFRA-M, 2011. 478 pp.

[11] Prebish R. The Economic development of Latin America and its principal problems / R. Prebish. – New York: United Nations, 1950.

[12]

Stiglitz, J. Globalization: disturbing trends. M.: Mysl, 2003.

[13] Namyatova L.E. Terms of the Market Economy: A Modern dictionary-reference guide of a business person. 5th ed. M., 2015. 300 pp.

12

L.E. Namyatova

[14] Truel J.-L., Pashchenko Ya.N. Import substitution and new industrialization: is tandem possible? // The economic revival of Russia. 2016. No.1. P. 66–72.

[15] Nureyev R. Concepts of Socio-Economic Development of Russia: myths and reality / R. Nureyev // Recent Development in the Russian. Business Economics. – Kyoto University. – 2011. – 9–10 December.

[16]

Dosi G. Technical change and industrial transformation / G. Dosi. – London: Macmillan, 1984.

[17] Rakhayev B., Karchayev Kh. The role of import substitution in functioning of national economies // Society and Economy. 2015. No.3. P.51–61.

[18]

Russian statistical yearbook. 2018 / Rosstat. M., 2018. 694 pp.

[19]

Russian statistical yearbook. 2016 / Rosstat. M., 2016. 725 pp.

[20] Afontsev S. Getting out of the crisis in the context of sanctions: mission impossible? // Economic issues. 2015. No.4. P. 20–36.

[21] Zamarayev B., Marshova T. Production capacities of Russian industry: Potential of import substitution and economic growth // Economic issues. 2015. No.6. P. 5–24.

[22]

Russian statistical yearbook. 2017 / Rosstat. M., 2017. 686 pp.

[23] Vodomerov N. State planning of machine tool industry - a key element of import substitution // The Economist. 2017. No.1. P. 29–37.

[24] Orlenko L. Necessary conditions for new industrialization and import substitution // Economist. 2015.

No.4. P. 29–35.

[25] Faltsman V. Import Substitution in the Fuel and Energy Complex and the Military-Industrial Complex // Economic issues. 2015. No 1. P. 116–124.

[26] Uzun V. Priorities in the agro-food policy: import substitution or export? // Economist. 2015. No.7. P. 17–29.

[27] Semin A.N, Namyatova L.E. Land as a factor of production in agriculture and features of agricultural practices // International Journal of Mechanical Engineering and Technology. 2019. Vol. 10. Issue 02, pp.

1515–1521.

[28] Semin A.N. On strategy of sustainable socio-economic development of the agro-industrial complex of Russia up to 2030: reflections and suggestions // Agro-food policy of Russia. 2017. No. 9. P. 51–55.

[29]

Russian statistical yearbook. 2011 / Rosstat. M., 2011. 795 p.

[30] Altukhov A. Accelerated import substitution in the agro-industrial complex requires adequate investment // Economist. 2016. No. 6. P. 11–24.

[31] Petrikov A.V. The main directions and mechanisms for introduction of modern agro-food policy // Economics of agricultural and processing enterprises. 2016. № 1.

[32] Altukhov A., Semin A. Increasing interstate integration in the agro-industrial complex of the EAEU countries // European Research Studies Journal. 2018. Vol. 21. Issue 2, pp. 753-771.

[33] Shiryaev A. On import substitution of consumer goods // Society and Economics. 2016. No. 11. P. 99– 104.

[34] Brazhnikov M. A., Safronov E. G., Babkin A. V. On the strategy of technical re-equipment of the machine-building complex in terms of import substitution // Economic Revival of Russia. 2017. No. 2. P. 114–120.

Dr. L.E. Namyatova is an Associate Professor at the Ural Federal University, Ekaterinburg, Russian Federation. She received her PhD in Economics.

Her research interests Encompass Economic Theory, Microeconomics, Macroeconomics, Institutional Economics, Enterprise Economics, Government Regulation of Economics, Managerial Economics.

*Corresponding author (L.E. Namyatova). E-mail: LNamyatova@gmail.com ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID: 10A09E http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09E.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.112

13

©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies

International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies http://TuEngr.com

Paper ID: 10A09F

A JUSTIFIED PLAN GRAPHICAL MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS OF TRADITIONAL HOUSES IN MODERATE AND HUMID CLIMATE OF IRAN a

a*

Atikeh Mohammadi Nasab , Peiman Pilechiha , Mina Hajian a b

b

Department of Architecture, Kowsar Institute of Higher Education, IRAN Architecture Department at Bu-Ali Sina University, IRAN.

ARTICLEINFO Article history: Received 12 March 2019 Received in revised form 24 June 2019 Accepted 02 July 2019 Available online 12 July 2019

Keywords:

Housing spatial configuration; Housing space parameters; Convex map; Integration value; Justified plan graph; Control value; Traditional house; Space syntax.

A B S T RA C T

Today, the architecture of Iranian houses faces a historic break from its own identity background, and all attempts to produce Iranian architecture have been reduced to formal imitations.

This paper examines the mathematical-graphical model for analyzing the spatial configuration of traditional houses in the moderate and humid climate of Iran to response this question which how a model for the design of today's houses in northern Iran can be extracted from past monuments of this land. In this research, six of the historic houses in the north of the country were randomly selected, all of which are similar in size and belong to a 100-year time interval. In these cases, after the preparing convex map, their justified plan graph (JPG) is plotted and readout. In fact, in each house, architectural plan, convex map, JPG, and mathematical calculations for control value, integration value and other space parameters are done and their charts are mapped and the data of each of the six houses are compared. By comparing the justified plan graph of the houses as well as the comparison of control value and integration value, the spaces each house has a similar pattern in all of them that is close to each other in terms of mean depth, control value, and integration value of the spaces. In all cases, the courtyard has the most integration value, and the closet, the storage, and the terrace have the least integration value and control value. Finally, by analyzing the JPG, the computational data is the same pattern in all the cases that can be considered as the archetype of traditional houses in northern Iran. An ancient pattern that can be used in the identity spatial organization of today's generations of houses in northern Iran. © 2019 INT TRANS J ENG MANAG SCI TECH.

1. INTRODUCTION Space syntax is a method dealing with space prioritization in architecture. This method has made the architectures’ attitude in different areas unique, based on the desired location or climate and folk *Corresponding author (Peiman Pilechiha). E-mail: P.pilechiha@modares.ac.ir ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID: 10A09F http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09F.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.113

1

culture. So far, investigating the architecture styles and space syntax was mainly based on analyzing a picture of the desired building. Nowadays, given the advancement of science, the Justified Plan Graph (JPG) method and mathematical calculations are significantly improving. This is important as it provides the architectures with a scientific method to investigate the space hierarchy attitude in a given area or climate in a scientific framework (Nakhaee and Arab Nasrabadi, 2019).

Given the fact that the JPG is rarely used in the design and space prioritization of Iranian architectures, this study presents a mathematical graphical model for space syntax analysis of six traditional housed in the moderate and humid climate of the northern part of Iran, and suggests a simple old statistical pattern based on different samples in the genotype.

2. RESEARCH METHODOLOGY Justified plan graph is a method for scientific investigation of the space syntax attitude in a graphical and mathematical framework. In fact, this method deals with the space hierarchy and doesn’t consider the size and dimensions of the spaces (Steadman, 1983; Ostwald, 2011; Modaresi and Kazemi, 2019).

In order to mathematically analyze the justified plan graph, the architectural plan of the desired building is studied in the first step. Then, a convex map of the building is provided using an architectural plan (Lee et al., 2018; Alizadeh and Lahiji, 2018). This map is, in fact, a perspective of the top view of the building, showing the connection between the building spaces, namely the doors, stairs, and entrances. This connection is shown by a double-sided arrow. The justified plan graph of a building will be prepared after specifying its spatial connection as a convex map. To prepare the justified plan graph, first, one space is considered as the basis, shown by a crossover circle. Then, the building spaces are leveled relative to the base space, so that the entrance is considered as level 0; the places directly in connection with the entrance are considered as level 1 and the connection is shown by a line. Dash lines are used for leveling, and spatial connections are represented by bold lines. The connection between the stairs is shown by a diagonal line on the mainline (Ostwald, 2011). Figure (1) shows a simple justified plan graph.

Figure 1: A sample justified plan graph (JPG).

As shown in Figure (1), the building entrance, considered as the base, is embedded in the level 0 by a crossover circle. The spaces A, B, and C, which are directly connected to the entrance are embedded on level 1. The spaces B and C are connected to each other and so linked by a continuous line. The spaces D, E, and F are also connected to the spaces A, B, and C, respectively. It should be noted that the space C is connected to the space F via the stairs, shown by a crossover line on the mainline.

2

Atikeh Mohammadi Nasab, Peiman Pilechiha, Mina Hajian

After preparing the justified plan graph, the mathematical analysis including 8 steps would be possible.

Step 1: The number of nodes or spaces are counted in this step, shown by letter K (Ostwald, 2011). The number of spaces in the justified plan graph shown in Figure (1) is 7.

Step 2: The total depth is calculated in this step, represented by TD. To calculate the total depth, the level number is multiplied by the number of spaces in that level and the results of all layers are summed up. Equation (1) shows the formula to calculate the total depth (Ostwald, 2011). đ?‘‡đ??ˇ = (0 Ă— đ?‘›đ?‘Ľ ) + (1 Ă— đ?‘›đ?‘Ľ ) + (2 Ă— đ?‘›đ?‘Ľ ) + â‹Ż + (đ?‘‹ Ă— đ?‘›đ?‘Ľ )

(1)

where đ?‘›đ?‘Ľ is the number of spaces in a given level. The total depth of the entrance space of the justified plan graph, shown in Figure (1), is calculated as đ?‘‡đ??ˇ = (0 Ă— 1) + (1 Ă— 3) + (2 Ă— 3) = 9.

Another method to calculate the total depth, considering Figure (1) as an example, is to count the number of node lines or spaces ending in the entrance, for example, and sum them up together. In this example, the space A, B, C, D, E, and F are linked to the entrance by 1, 1, 1, 2, 2, and 2 lines, respectively, the sum of which is 9 lines, i.e., the total depth of the spaces relative to the entrance.

Step 3: The mean depth is calculated in this step, shown by MD. In fact, the man depth implies the order of the depth of a given space relative to the mean depth. If the mean depth of space is greater than the mean depth, it has less access to the building entrance and is located in a farther location.

Equation below shows how to calculate the man depth (Ostwald, 2011). đ?‘€đ??ˇ =

đ?‘‡đ??ˇ (đ??žâˆ’1)

(2)

It is clear from Equation (2) that the mean depth is calculated by dividing the total depth over the total number of the spaces minus 1. The mean depth of the entrance space of the justified plan graph, 9 shown in Figure (1) is đ?‘€đ??ˇ = (7−1) = 1.5.

Step 4: The relative asymmetry is calculated in this step, shown by RA. The relative asymmetry is, in fact, the normal state of the relative depth, so that it gives a method for comparison with other buildings having different spaces. Equation (3) shows the formula to calculate relative asymmetry (Ostwald, 2011) đ?‘…đ??´ =

2(đ?‘€đ??ˇâˆ’1) (đ??žâˆ’2)

(3),

where đ?‘€đ??ˇ is the mean depth and đ??ž is the number of spaces in a given building.

The relative asymmetry of the entrance space of the justified plan graph in Figure (1) is đ?‘…đ??´ =

2(1.5−1) (7−2)

= 0.2.

The relative asymmetry is in the range of (0,1). The closer the relative asymmetry

to 0, the more symmetric the structure of the space, while the closer the relative asymmetry to 1, the more linear the structure of the space. Since the relative asymmetry in the justified plan graph of Figure 1 is 0.2, the structure of its spaces is more symmetrical.

Step 5: the integration value, shown by đ?‘–, is calculated in this step, which is the inverse of the relative asymmetry. Equation (4) shows how to calculate the integration value.

*Corresponding author (Peiman Pilechiha). E-mail: P.pilechiha@modares.ac.ir Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID: 10A09F http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09F.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.113

3

1

(4).

đ?‘– = đ?‘…đ??´

where đ?‘…đ??´ is the relative asymmetry. The integration value for the justified plan graph of Figure 1 is 1 đ?‘–= = 5.

0.2 Step 6: So far, all the calculations were done for the entrance space. In this step, all previous calculations are done for all other spaces. To do so, a table is created in the form of a square matrix, the horizontal and vertical elements of which are the desired spaces. The calculations related to every single space is written in the corresponding cell, called the table of integration value calculations (Ostwald, 2011).

Step 7: The control value calculations are conducted on this step, shown by CV. Control value shows the extent of spatial impact in a plan. To calculate the control value in each space, a table is created in the form of a matrix, the horizontal and vertical elements of which represent the spaces.

Then, the direct connection between the spaces is written in the corresponding cells, so that the numbers 1 and 0 imply connection and no connection, respectively. The values in each row are summed up together, shown by đ?‘ đ?‘?đ?‘› . Then, đ??śđ?‘Łđ?‘’ is calculated, which is the inverse of đ?‘ đ?‘?đ?‘› . The control value of every single space is the sum of đ??śđ?‘Łđ?‘’ s connected to it. The table obtained this way is called the control value table (Ostwald, 2011).

Step 8: The unrelativised difference factor is calculated in this step, shown by letter H. The unrelativised difference factor is, in fact, a measure to distinguish the spaces from each other. It is a value in the range of (0,1). The closer this factor to 0, the more different the spaces, while the closer the unrelativised difference factor to 1, the more similar the spatial structures together. To calculate the unrelativised difference factor in a plan, the minimum, mean, and maximum relative asymmetry values are first extracted from the integration value table. Then, the unrelativised difference factor is calculated according to equation (5) (Ostwald, 2011). đ?‘Ž

đ?‘Ž

đ?‘?

đ?‘?

đ?‘?

đ?‘?

đ?‘Ą

đ?‘Ą

đ?‘Ą

đ?‘Ą

đ?‘Ą

đ?‘Ą

(5)

đ??ť = − ∑ [ ln ( )] + [ ln ( )] + [ ln ( )]

where đ?‘Ž is the maximum relative asymmetry, đ?‘? is the mean relative asymmetry, đ?‘? is the minimum relative asymmetry, and đ?‘Ą is the sum of đ?‘Ž, đ?‘?, and đ?‘?.

After calculating the unrelativised difference factor, it should be turned into a relative form, so that comparing the plans would be feasible. The relative difference factor, represented by đ??ť ∗ , is calculated as (Ostwald, 2011) (đ??ťâˆ’đ?‘™đ?‘›2)

(6)

đ??ť ∗ = (đ?‘™đ?‘›3−đ?‘™đ?‘›2)

3. FINDING In this section, the results of the review of the justified plan graph of six traditional houses in northern Iran selected from the houses registered at the Cultural Heritage Organization, all with the same size, are presented. Table 1 interprets the abbreviations used in each map.

Table 1: Room abbreviations used in the JPG A B C D E F

4

Entrance Courtyard Vestibule Porch Room Veranda

G H I J K L

Main Room Bath 5 Door Room Store 3 Door Room Lobby

Atikeh Mohammadi Nasab, Peiman Pilechiha, Mina Hajian

M O O1 Q R U

Distribution Space Kitchen Toilet Servant Room Storage Engine House

3.1 SHAFAHI HOUSE (House 1)

Shafahi house is related to the Qajar period and is located in the Amol City, central part, Ayatollah Javadi Ave., Niaki old texture of the neighborhood, with an approximate area of 1000 m2.

This building was registered as a national monument of Iran on March 4, 2006, with the registration no.17802 (Ministry of Housing and Urban Development of Iran, 1993). Figure 2 depicts the architectural plan of this house. Figure 3 shows a constructed convex map. Figure 4 illustrates the justified plan graph of House 1. Table 2 also shows a summary of the performed calculations related to this house.

Figure 2: Architectural plan for the Shafahi House (House 1) (Ministry of Housing and Urban Development of Iran, 1993)

Figure 3: Convex Map for the Shafahi House (House 1)

Figure 4: JPG with the exterior as the carrier for the Shafahi house (House 1). *Corresponding author (Peiman Pilechiha). E-mail: P.pilechiha@modares.ac.ir Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID: 10A09F http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09F.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.113

5

# (VÎą) TDn MDn RA i CV # (VÎą) TDn MDn RA i CV H H*

0 6 3.31 0.18 5.42 0.50 16 L4 100 3.85 0.23 4.39 2.33

1 B1 74 2.85 0.15 6.77 2.64 17 L6 91 3.50 0.20 5.00 3.33

Table 2: Data summary for the Shafahi House (House 1)

2 B2 87 3.35 0.19 5.33 2.83

3 O'1 99 3.81 0.22 4.45 0.25

4 O1 99 3.81 0.22 4.45 0.25

18 E3 105 4.04 0.24 4.11 0.25 1.016 0.797

19 L5 100 3.85 0.23 4.39 2.25

20 K1 125 4.81 0.30 3.28 0.33

5 F1 61 2.35 0.11 9.29 2.75

21 F3 125 4.81 0.30 3.28 0.33

6 F2 77 2.96 0.16 6.37 0.83

22 F5 117 4.50 0.28 3.57 0.25

7 O 112 4.31 0.26 3.78 0.25

23 F6 117 4.50 0.28 3.57 0.25

8 O"1 112 4.31 0.26 3.78 0.25

24 K3 117 4.50 0.28 3.57 0.25

9 E1 82 3.15 0.17 5.80 0.48

25 K2 126 4.85 0.31 3.25 0.33

10 L1 79 3.04 0.16 6.13 0.98

11 E5 81 3.12 0.17 5.91 0.48

26 F4 126 4.85 0.31 3.25 0.33

12 L3 72 2.77 0.14 7.07 0.98

13 E4 71 2.73 0.14 7.22 0.81

14 E2 72 2.77 0.14 7.07 0.39

15 L2 79 3.04 0.16 6.13 2.17

Mean

Min

Max

93 3.69 0.22 5.06 1.00

6 2.35 0.11 3.25 0.25

126 4.85 0.31 9.29 3.33

3.1 DAROOEI HOUSE (House 2)

Darooei House is a collection of monuments of the Qajar period (1893) in Gorgan City, in the Baghshah neighborhood, with an approximate area of 1000 m2, which was nationally registered in 2001 and sold to a municipality of Gorgan (Ministry of Housing and Urban Development of Iran, 1993). In Figure 5, the architectural plan of this house is depicted. Figure 6 shows the constructed convex map. Figure 7 illustrates the justified plan graph of house 2. Table 3 also shows a summary of the performed calculations related to this house.

Figure 5: Architectural plan for the Darooei House (House 2) (Ministry of Housing and Urban Development of Iran, 1993)

Figure 6: Convex Map for the Darooei house (House 2).

6

Atikeh Mohammadi Nasab, Peiman Pilechiha, Mina Hajian

Figure7: JPG, with the exterior as the carrier, for the Darooei House (House 2)

# (Vα) TDn MDn RA i CV # (Vα) TDn MDn RA i CV

0

Table 3: Data summary for the Darooei House (House 2).

97 2.55 0.08 11.92 0.35

1 B1 82 2.16 0.06 15.98 8.08

2 B2 82 2.16 0.06 15.98 6.27

15 E4 101 2.66 0.09 11.16 0.65

16 J4 120 3.16 0.12 8.57 0.42

17 O 120 3.16 0.12 8.57 0.08

18 J5 121 3.18 0.12 8.47 0.08

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

E9 173 4.55 0.19 5.21 0.67

E8 172 4.53 0.19 5.25 1.83

F2 176 4.63 0.20 5.09 0.67

F5 171 4.50 0.19 5.29 0.20

E13 170 4.47 0.19 5.33 0.53

G2 169 4.45 0.19 5.37 1.20

E12 171 4.50 0.19 5.29 0.53

≠

30

31

(Vα) TDn MDn RA i CV H H*

F4 154 4.05 0.17 6.06 0.70

L5 135 3.55 0.14 7.25 2.53

F3 181 4.76 0.20 4.92 0.33 0.996 0.747

3 B3 134 3.53 0.14 7.32 2.37

4 J1 121 3.18 0.12 8.47 0.07

19 J6 120 3.16 0.12 8.57 0.08

5 L1 113 2.97 0.11 9.37 0.74

20 E11 117 3.08 0.11 8.90 1.08

6 E1 116 3.05 0.11 9.01 0.74

7 E2 119 3.13 0.12 8.68 0.90

8 E3 120 3.16 0.12 8.57 0.40

9 O1 121 3.18 0.12 8.47 0.07

10 L3 113 2.97 0.11 9.37 1.40

11 O1' 121 3.18 0.12 8.47 0.07

12 H 121 3.18 0.12 8.47 0.07

13 J2 121 3.18 0.12 8.47 0.07

14 J3 111 2.92 0.10 9.63 0.15

21 O1'' 120 3.16 0.12 8.57 0.08

22 E5 110 2.89 0.10 9.76 0.48

23 L2 104 2.74 0.09 10.65 1.32

24 E6 140 3.68 0.15 6.89 0.40

25 G1 174 4.58 0.19 5.17 0.20

26 L4 143 3.76 0.15 6.70 1.83

27 E7 144 3.79 0.15 6.63 1.17

28 F1 151 3.97 0.16 6.22 0.33

29 E10 153 4.03 0.16 6.11 0.83

Mean

Min

Max

132.55 3.49 0.13 8.10 1.00

82 2.16 0.06 4.92 0.07

181 4.76 0.20 15.98 8.08

3.2 KASHANI HOUSE (House 3) Kashani house is one of the monuments of Babol City in the Qajar period (1868) with an approximate area of 800 m2 in the Ojagh Ben neighborhood (Ministry of Housing and Urban Development of Iran, 1993). In Figure 8, the architecture plan of this house is depicted. Figure9 shows the constructed convex map. Figure10 illustrates the justified plan graph of house 3. Table 4 also shows a summary of the performed calculations related to this house.

*Corresponding author (Peiman Pilechiha). E-mail: P.pilechiha@modares.ac.ir ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID: 10A09F http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09F.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.113

7

Figure 8: Architectural plan for the Kashani House (House 3) (Ministry of Housing and Urban Development of Iran, 1993)

Figure 9: Convex Map for the Kashani house(House 3)

Figure10: JPG, with the exterior as the carrier, for the Kashani house (House 3)

≠(Vι) TDn MDn RA i CV

0 37 2.47 0.21 4.77 0.14 H H*

1 B2 23 1.53 0.08 13.13 3.41

2 O1 37 2.47 0.21 4.77 0.14

Table 4: Data summery for the Kashani House (House 3)

3 4 L1 L2 31 31 2.07 2.07 0.15 0.15 6.56 6.56 2.64 2.64 0.987 0.724

5 E1 33 2.20 0.17 5.83 0.97

6 O 31 2.07 0.15 6.56 1.47

7 E2 33 2.20 0.17 5.83 0.97

8 J1 45 3.00 0.29 3.50 0.25

9 E4 45 3.00 0.29 3.50 0.25

10 K1 39 2.60 0.23 4.38 0.50

11 E3 45 3.00 0.29 3.50 0.25

12 J2 45 3.00 0.29 3.50 0.25

13 R1 43 2.87 0.27 3.75 0.58

14 B1 41 2.73 0.25 4.04 0.91

15 R2 43 2.87 0.27 3.75 0.58

Mean Min

Max

37.63 2.51 0.22 5.25 1.00

45 3.00 0.29 13.13 3.41

23 1.53 0.08 3.50 0.14

3.3 GHADIRI HOUSE (House 4) Ghadiri house is one of the monuments Pahlavi period in Rasht City, Sabzeh Meydan

8

Atikeh Mohammadi Nasab, Peiman Pilechiha, Mina Hajian

neighborhood, with an approximate area of 800 m2 (Ministry of Housing and Urban Development of Iran, 1993). In Figure 11, the architectural plan of this house is depicted. Figure 12 shows the constructed convex map. Figure 13 illustrates the justified plan graph of house 4. Table 5 also shows a summary of the performed calculations related to this house.

Figure 11: Architectural plan for the Ghadiri House (House 4) (Ministry of Housing and Urban Development of Iran, 1993)

Figure 12: Convex Map for the Ghadiri house(House 4)

Figure13: JPG,with exterior as carrier,for the Ghadiri house (House 4) *Corresponding author (Peiman Pilechiha). E-mail: P.pilechiha@modares.ac.ir Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID: 10A09F http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09F.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.113

9

# (VÎą) TDn MDn RA i CV # (VÎą) TDn MDn RA i CV

0 131 4.23 0.22 4.65 0.33 18 J3 107 3.45 0.16 6.12 0.20 H H*

1 B1 101 3.26 0.15 6.64 2.25 19 J2 107 3.45 0.16 6.12 0.20

2 Q 131 4.23 0.22 4.65 0.33

Table 5: Data summery for the Ghadiri House (House 4)

3 B2 75 2.42 0.09 10.57 2.42

20 O1 107 3.45 0.16 6.12 0.20

4 U1 105 3.39 0.16 6.28 0.25

21 R2 94 3.03 0.14 7.38 1.13 0.958 0.652

5 L1 55 1.77 0.05 19.38 7.28

22 E4 96 3.10 0.14 7.15 0.13

6 J1 105 3.39 0.16 6.28 0.25

23 J5 96 3.10 0.14 7.15 0.13

24 H 96 3.10 0.14 7.15 0.13

7 E1 85 2.74 0.12 8.61 0.09

8 B3 77 2.48 0.10 10.11 4.09

25 E5 92 2.97 0.13 7.62 1.13

26 I 97 3.13 0.14 7.05 0.53

9 K1 85 2.74 0.12 8.61 0.09

27 E7 93 3.00 0.13 7.50 0.33

10 E1' 85 2.74 0.12 8.61 0.09

11 R3 85 2.74 0.12 8.61 0.09

28 F 98 3.16 0.14 6.94 0.70

29 R1 113 3.65 0.18 5.67 0.50

12 E2 85 2.74 0.12 8.61 0.09

13 L2 67 2.16 0.08 12.92 4.62

30 E3 124 4.00 0.20 5.00 0.50

31 E6 119 3.84 0.19 5.28 0.83

14 M 72 2.32 0.09 11.34 1.72

15 E1'' 85 2.74 0.12 8.61 0.09

16 O 83 2.68 0.11 8.94 1.09

17 J4 107 3.45 0.16 6.12 0.20

Mean

Min

Max

95.6 3.08 0.14 7.87 1.00

55 1.77 0.05 4.65 0.09

131 4.23 0.22 19.38 7.28

3.4 KIA HOUSE (House 5) Kia house is one of the monuments of Gorgan City during the Qajar period (1868) in tBagh Palang neighborhood, with an approximate area of 880 m2 (Ministry of Housing and Urban Development of Iran, 1993). In Figure14, the architectural plan of this house is depicted. Figure15 shows the constructed convex map. Figure 16 illustrates the justified plan graph of house 5. Table 6 also shows a summary of the performed calculations related to this house.

Figure 14: Architectural plan for the Kia House (House 5) (Ministry of Housing and Urban Development of Iran, 1993).

Figure15: Convex Map for the Kia House (House 5)

10

Atikeh Mohammadi Nasab, Peiman Pilechiha, Mina Hajian

Figure 16: JPG, with the exterior as the carrier, for the Kia house (House 5). # (Vα) TDn MDn RA i CV # (Vα) TDn MDn RA i CV H H*

0 69 2.88 0.16 6.13 0.50 15 E1 93 3.88 0.25 4.00 0.33

1 B2 58 2.42 0.12 8.12 1.92 16 J 94 3.92 0.25 3.94 0.33

Table 6: Data summery for the Kia House (House 5) 2 C 80 3.33 0.20 4.93 1.17

3 K2 72 3.00 0.17 5.75 1.42

4 L3 67 2.79 0.16 6.42 1.25

17 18 K5 L6 121 121 5.04 5.04 0.35 0.35 2.85 2.85 0.83 0.83 1.000 0.757

19 K3 107 4.46 0.30 3.33 1.50

5 E3 71 2.96 0.17 5.87 0.67

6 L2 60 2.50 0.13 7.67 1.67

20 R3 97 4.04 0.26 3.78 0.75

7 K1 69 2.88 0.16 6.13 1.33

21 E2' 97 4.04 0.26 3.78 0.75

8 L1 73 3.04 0.18 5.63 1.58

22 K4 96 4.00 0.26 3.83 1.25

9 L7 98 4.08 0.27 3.73 1.33

23 R2 130 5.42 0.38 2.60 0.50

10 R1 95 3.96 0.26 3.89 0.33

24 E4 119 4.96 0.34 2.91 0.50

11 L4 86 3.58 0.22 4.45 0.75

12 L5 76 3.17 0.19 5.31 1.67

13 E2 78 3.25 0.20 5.11 0.75

14 B1 60 2.50 0.13 7.67 1.08

Mean

Min

Max

87.48 3.65 0.23 4.83 1.00

58 2.42 0.12 2.60 0.33

130 5.42 0.38 8.12 1.92

3.5 Fatemi House (House 6)

Fatemi house is one of the monuments of the Qajar period (1864) in Gorgan City, Sarkhajeh neighborhood, with an approximate area of 1200 m2 (Ministry of Housing and Urban Development of Iran, 1993). In Figure 17, the architectural plan of this house is depicted. Figure 18 shows the constructed convex map. Figure 19 illustrates the justified plan graph of house 6. Table 7 also shows a summary of the performed calculations related to this house.

Figure17: Architectural plan for the Fatemi House (House 6) (Ministry of Housing and Urban Development of Iran, 1993). *Corresponding author (Peiman Pilechiha). E-mail: P.pilechiha@modares.ac.ir ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID: 10A09F http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09F.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.113

11

Figure18: Convex Map for the Fatemi House (House 6).

Figure19: JPG, with the exterior as the carrier, for the Fatemi House (House 6) ≠ (Vα) TDn MDn RA i CV ≠ (Vα) TDn MDn RA i CV H H*

Table 7: Data summery for the Fatemi House (House 6)

0 67 2.91 0.17 5.75 0.08 14 R 86 3.74 0.25 4.02 0.33

1 B 45 1.96 0.09 11.50 8.92

15 L3 66 2.87 0.17 5.88 2.75

2 O1 67 2.91 0.17 5.75 0.08

3 J 67 2.91 0.17 5.75 0.08

16 17 E11 E10 86 81 3.74 3.52 0.25 0.23 4.02 4.36 1.33 0.83 0.975 0.695

4 E2 67 2.91 0.17 5.75 0.08

18 E8 78 3.39 0.22 4.60 0.75

5 E1 67 2.91 0.17 5.75 0.08

6 E3 67 2.91 0.17 5.75 0.08

19 E7 87 3.78 0.25 3.95 0.25

20 F1 87 3.78 0.25 3.95 0.25

7 L4 56 2.43 0.13 7.67 0.42

21 F3 109 4.74 0.34 2.94 0.50

8 E4 67 2.91 0.17 5.75 0.08

22 F2 92 4.00 0.27 3.67 1.00

9 L1 64 2.78 0.16 6.17 1.42

23 E9 89 3.87 0.26 3.83 1.00

10 E5 59 2.57 0.14 7.03 0.67

11 L2 55 2.39 0.13 7.91 1.17

12 E6 61 2.65 0.15 6.66 0.33

13 L5 67 2.91 0.17 5.75 1.50

Mean

Min

Max

72.38 3.15 0.20 5.59 1.00

45 1.96 0.09 2.94 0.08

109 4.74 0.34 11.50 8.92

4. DISCUSSION As shown in Table 8, the selected traditional houses have an area of 800 to 1200 m2 and House 2 (Darooei) has the most node with 40 nodes and the house 3 (Kashani) has the least node with 16 nodes. Also, in terms of the number of levels, house 3 (Kashani) has the least level with the 3 levels and the house 4 (Ghadiri) has the most level with 6 levels. All plans are tree-like and symmetrical, and this attitude is being used for the well-being of the inhabitants.

12

Atikeh Mohammadi Nasab, Peiman Pilechiha, Mina Hajian

Table 8: Data summary for all 6 Houses

Area (M2) 1000 1000 800 800 880 1200

Houses House 1 (Shafahi) House 2 (Darooei) House 3 (Kashani) House 4 (Ghadiri) House 5 (Kia) House 6 (Fatemi)

K 27 40 16 32 25 24

L 5 4 3 6 5 5

TDn 96 132.5 37.6 95.6 87.5 72.4

MDn 3.7 3.5 2.5 3.1 3.6 3.1

RA 0.22 0.13 0.22 0.14 0.23 0.20

i 5.06 8.10 5.25 7.87 4.83 5.59

H* 0.797 0.747 0.724 0.652 0.757 0.695

Comparing relative asymmetry (RA) in Table 8 shows that considering results are closer to zero than one, then all have symmetric structure, while linear and transverse structures have relative asymmetry close to one. Comparing the relative difference factor (H*) also shows that all results are closer to one than zero. So all Houses are on the list of symmetric Houses. Figure20 shows that houses 2, 3, 5 and 6 in the courtyard space have the highest integration value. At the same time, houses 1 and 4 have the highest integration value related to the Veranda/Lobby of Ground floor. Figure 21 shows that in houses 1, 2, 3, 5, and 6, the courtyard space has the highest control value. However, at house 4, the highest control value is related to the Veranda/Lobby of Ground Floor. It should be noted that for ease of comparison, the number of nodes has been merged to the required extent.

25.00 20.00 15.00 10.00 5.00 0.00

House 1 House 2 House 3 House 4 House 5 House 6

INT E GRAT IO N VAL UE (I)

A

B

5.42 11.9 4.77 4.65 6.13 5.75

6.77 15.98 13.125 10.57 8.12 11.5

F/L (Ground floor) 9.29 10.65 6.56 19.38 7.67 7.91

E (Ground Floor) 7.22 11.16 6.56 8.611 5.87 5.75

L (1st Floor) 7.07 9.4 6.56 12.9 5.31 5.75

R/J/O1/O (Ground Floor) 4.45 8.6 4.77 8.61 3.89 4.02

E (1st Floor)

F/R/J (1st Floor)

3.57 8.6 3.5 7.5 5.87 4.36

3.25 5.28 3.5 7.15 2.6 2.94

Figure20: Chart of integration value (For the all 6 houses) 10 8 6 4 2 0

House 1 House 2 House 3 House 4 House 5 House 6

CO NT RO L VAL UE (CV)

A

B

0.50 0.35 0.14 0.33 0.5 0.08

2.83 8.08 3.41 4.09 1.92 8.92

F/L E (Ground (Ground Floor) floor) 2.75 0.39 1.32 0.9 2.64 0.97 7.28 0.09 1.67 1.42 1.5 0.08

L (1st Floor) 0.98 1.83 2.64 4.62 0.75 0.42

R/J/O1/O (Ground Floor) 0.25 0.08 0.58 0.25 0.33 0.33

E (1st Floor)

F/R/J (1st Floor)

0.33 0.67 0.5 0.33 1.25 1.0

0.25 0.33 0.25 1.13 0.5 0.5

Figure 21: Chart of the control value (For the all 6 houses)

The configuration of all six houses is tree-like and symmetrical, which is 4 out of 6 cases, the courtyard has the highest integration value. In 5 out of 6 houses examined, the courtyard has the most *Corresponding author (Peiman Pilechiha). E-mail: P.pilechiha@modares.ac.ir Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID: 10A09F http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09F.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.113

13

control value, which comes to the caretaker's room, kitchen, bathroom, and a veranda. In all the houses examined, there are two floors, which can be reached to the first floor by a hall or lobby through the staircase. In all cases, the first floor reaches a typical or three doors room, which ends on a balcony or a veranda. Considering all of these, an archetype pattern for the houses studied in the traditional houses of the moderate and humid regions of northern Iran can be considered as Figure 21, which is a tree-like and symmetric pattern. Assuming the above observations, the justified plan graph has 5 layers. In this pattern, three doors room (K1) is considered for the guest, which allows for a few days stay.

Figure 22: JPG Statistical Archetype, with the exterior as the carrier As seen in the archetype diagram of the statistical model (Figure 22), the structure is symmetric and tree-like; the courtyard has the greatest spatial effect, and the first-floor closet has the highest depth and the least spatial effect. The inside of the yard includes a storage room, kitchen, bathroom, caretaker, and a veranda or hall, which reaches to typical and three doors rooms and a second-floor staircase. On the first floor, the lobby is connected to the typical and three doors room, which both end on the veranda. It should be noted that the general shape of the examined houses is an as high diagram, and for ease of comparison, the number of rooms is ignored, and houses with the same pattern can be placed in this category.

5. CONCLUSION In this research, after preparing the architectural plan, the convex map and a justified plan graph, six traditional of moderate and humid climates in northern Iran were constructed. The constructed justified plan graph was specified the spatial and longitudinal depth communication of the spaces, followed by mathematical analysis and the calculation of the control values and the integration value for all spaces (nodes) and the mean and minimum the maximum of them was calculated and read. The mathematical results of each house, such as control value and integration value, showed beautifully that all the studied houses, regardless of form, are followed a single pattern in terms of the configuration and prioritization of the space.

Thus, according to mathematical calculations in most houses, courtyard and veranda with the highest integration value and control value respectively, have the most roles in the extrovert architecture of traditional houses in northern Iran. And the justified plan graph of the constructed archetype can be considered as a criterion for classifying houses in this climate. In order to preserve identity in the architecture of traditional Iranian houses, the justified plan graph and the control value

14

Atikeh Mohammadi Nasab, Peiman Pilechiha, Mina Hajian

calculations and the integration value of the spaces can be used as a new method in the formatting and modeling of traditional buildings in other climates and different time periods can be used by architects, which is the way to achieve an identity and Iranian architecture from past monuments and, shape attitude is wrong.

6. DATA AVAILABILITY STATEMENT

Used or generated data is presented in this article.

7. REFERENCES Alizadeh, F., Lahiji, M. (2018). Suitable Delivery System in Small E-Commerce Companies. Journal of Humanities Insights, 02(04), 167-171.

Lee, J. H., Ostwald, M. J., & Gu, N. (2018). A Justified Plan Graph (JPG) grammar approach to identifying spatial design patterns in an architectural style. Environment and Planning B: Urban Analytics and City Science, 45(1), 67-89.

Ministry of Housing and Urban Development of Iran. (1993). New life- Old structure (A selection of valuable structures).

Modaresi, N., Kazemi, M. (2019). Approach to Interaction-Oriented Spaces in Art and Architecture Faculty. Journal of Humanities Insights, 3(2), 57-60.

Ostwald, M. J. (2011). A justified plan graph analysis of the early houses (1975-1982) of Glenn Murcutt. Nexus Network Journal, 13(3), 737-762.

Ostwald, M. J. (2011). The mathematics of spatial configuration: Revisiting, revising and critiquing justified plan graph theory. Nexus Network Journal, 13(2), 445-470.

Steadman, P. (1983). Architectural morphology: an introduction to the geometry of building plans.

London: Pion.

Atikeh Mohammadi Nasab is a M.SC student in Architectural Engineering at Kowsar Institute of Higher Education, Iran. She graduated with B.SC in Architectural Engineering at Islamshahr Azad University with Distinction. Her fields of interest are scene and architectural design.

Dr.Peiman Pilechiha is an Assistant Professor of Architecture Department, Kowsar Institute of Higher Education, Iran. He earned a PhD in architecture from Tarbiat Modares University with Distinction. His fields of interest are Energy and Architecture.

Mina Hajian is a PhD student in Architecture at Bu-Ali Sina University, Iran. She got an MA in Architecture from Tarbiat Modares University, Iran. Her fields of interest are Computing and Mathematics Usage in Architecture.

*Corresponding author (Peiman Pilechiha). E-mail: P.pilechiha@modares.ac.ir Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID: 10A09F http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09F.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.113

15

©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies

International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies http://TuEngr.com

Paper ID: 10A09G

AN EXPERIMENT ON MEASUREMENT OF PAVEMENT ROUGHNESS VIA ANDROID-BASED SMARTPHONES Piyasak Thiandee a, Boonsap Witchayangkoon a*, Sayan Sirimontree a, Ponlathep Lertworawanich b a b

Department of Civil Engineering, Thammasat School of Engineering, Thammasat University, THAILAND Bureau of Highways Maintenance Management, Department of Highways, Ministry of Transportation, Royal Thai Government, THAILAND ARTICLEINFO

A B S T RA C T

Article history: Received 29 March 2019 Received in revised form 02 July 2019 Accepted 08 July 2019 Available online 15 July 2019

The study focuses on the experiment of using three different smartphones to collect acceleration data from vibration for the road roughness detection. The Android operating system is used in the application. The study takes place on asphaltic pavement of the expressway system of Thailand, with 9 km distance. The run vehicle has an inertial profiler with laser line sensors to record road roughness according to the IRI. The RMS and ML methods are used in this study.

There is different ability of each smartphone to detect the vibration, thus different detected values are obtained. The results are compared to the IRI observation. ML method gives better result compared to RMS. This study finds little relationship between IRI and acceleration data from vibration collected smartphones. © 2019 INT TRANS J ENG MANAG SCI TECH.

Keywords:

Pavement assessment; Pavement smoothness; RMS; Smartphone Accelerometer; Machine Learning; Pavement management.

1. INTRODUCTION Smoothness of road pavement is an important driving factor for vehicle as it reflects comfortdriving experience to vehicle driver and passengers. The term smoothness, on the other hand, indicates the roughness of the road surface. The vehicle-pavement system has been defied by ASTM E867 (2012), linking to the satisfactory of road users. This also indicates various road factors such as road performance, related accidents, vehicular maintenances, and fuel consumptions.

Pavement smoothness is controlled from road construction phase. The follow-up multiple pavement surveys are done to continuously monitor and evaluate the quality of the road pavement surface. Many available tools make it possible to find and measure road smoothness (FHWA, 2016).

Straightedge is a simple tool to check the road flatness at a particular point. Inertial profilers with laser line sensors can be used for high-speed pavement profiling, giving ability to quickly obtained the surface roughness for hundred points along the laser line. Pavement 3D profiles can be generated *Corresponding author (B.Witchayangkoon). E-mail: drboonsap@gmail.com ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID: 10A09G http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09G.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.114

1

with reliability (Pastorius et al., 2012) and roughness can be detected.

2. LITERATURE REVIEW There are many studies on road roughness detection regarding measuring systems and calibrations (e.g. Gillespie, 1980; Cantisani, 2010). However, normal these studied used expensive devices. With the advent of smartphone with low cost and being used by everyone and the ease of app writing technology, it is possible to apply the smartphone and related technology to possible detect and quantify road roughness. There are many studies that try to apply smartphone to detect road roughness.

Hanson et al. (2014) used accelerometer data from mobile phone to detect road roughness by installing the phones (Samsung Galaxy SIII and iPhone 5) at the windshield of compact and SUV cars. With multi-processing to convert the measured data to IRI values and vehicular speeds (50 and 80 km/h). This study found it was possible to use smartphones for road roughness detections.

Aleadelat et al. (2018) applied the vertical acceleration data from smartphones (a Sony Xperia A and a Samsung Galaxy S III) to correlate with IRI via signal processing and pattern recognition techniques. The initial results give good levels of reasonable certainty.

Bisconsini et al. (2019) used smartphones to evaluate pavement roughness due to their cheap cost. A smartphone was placed on the car dashboard, at different running speeds. When compared with to the IRI, RMS for vertical acceleration gave a high correlation with IRI. Yeganeh et al. (2019) used smartphones to observe asphaltic pavement urban road networks.

Pavement Distress Index (PDI) has been considered. ANOVA (Analysis of variance) was used.

The result found medium correlations between smartphone roughness measurement and IRI values.

With the advent of mobile phone and related technology, there have been significant advances in technology and application software. With the running of application software, signal detector is likely possible with mobile phone and smartwatch. This research tries to take advantages of mobile phone, by doing measuring accelerations from vibration detection caused by road roughness while driving a vehicle and assessment of the relationships between International Roughness Index (IRI) and such data. This study spotlights on the field experiment with different smartphones that have different CPU and accelerometer.

3. METHOD 3.1 MOBILE APPLICATION The application software used in this research is a newly developed application, called Road Surface Survey (RSS) App (Figure 2). RSS App works on AndroidÂŽ, the world's most popular mobile platform. The main function is to detect acceleration from vibration by using frequency at 100 Hz. The smartphone accelerometer model, Figure 1, senses the movement from each axis. The captured data in the central processing unit is recorded via the RSS App. This study experiments on three smartphones from three different brands. In fact, this is to test three accelerometers, one from each smartphone.

2

Piyasak Thiandee, Boonsap Witchayangkoon, Sayan Sirimontree, Ponlathep Lertworawanich

This research concerns vibration detection while driving and assessment of the relationships between International Roughness Index (IRI) and acceleration data from vibration obtained from three smartphones. Table 1 gives detail of the three models of mobile phones used in this research study. With 100 Hz capability, RSS App gets 100 acceleration data for every one second from vibration, and the average value is recorded.

Figure 1: Model of accelerometer within the smartphone.

Table 1: Mobile phones used in this study Mobile Model Operating System Processing Unit

HONOR 10 ANDROID 8.1 KIRIN 970

Accelerometer

ACC_LSM6DS3-C

NOKIA 7 PLUS ANDROID 8.0 Qualcomm Snapdragon 660 BMI160

SAMSUNG GALAXY A8 (2018) ANDROID 7.1.1 Exynos 7885 LSM6DSL

Figure 2: RSS App for AndroidÂŽ Smartphones

3.2 STANDSTILL MODE SETUP Before the field-testing, all the three mobile phones have been brought to a standstill and tested for vibration. With the recorded movement of the mobile phones, a simple vibration is observed through the use of Root Mean Square (đ?‘…đ?‘€đ?‘† = √đ?‘Ľ 2 + đ?‘Ś 2 + đ?‘§ 2 ). The obtained result that came up *Corresponding author (B.Witchayangkoon). E-mail: drboonsap@gmail.com Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID: 10A09G http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09G.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.114

3

was approximately 9.4~10.0 (range of Gravity value, 9.81 m/s2).

3.3 SMARTPHONE SHAKING SETUP Manual shaking is done for all three smartphones to check validity of sensors of acceleration and stabilization of RSS App. The output is then calculated with the RMS method. The obtained result is in the range of 4-6.5m/s2, considered valid for further experiment.

3.4 INSTALLATION SETUP OF SMARTPHONES ON THE RUN VEHICLE Installation of the mobile phones is by adhering all three smartphones to the side-window of the pickup truck. The installation is make sure that smartphones have free movement for accelerometer to detect vibration.

Figure 3: Installation of the mobile phones adhered to the window of the pickup truck.

3.5 FIELD SURVEY For field survey, the researchers go out with a pickup truck used for pavement roughness survey with the mobile phones adhering to the car window. The three mobile phones and computer in the car have been connected to Wi-Fi network for time synchronization.

3.5.1 TEST ROUTES During late April 2019, this pre-surveyed study experiments on five different asphaltic concrete routes in the central road network of Thailand, with a distance 15km each. On May 15, 2019, the sixth and seventh field surveys are conducted on asphaltic concrete road for 9 kilometers long each, on the Si Rat Expressway of Thailand's expressway system.

3.5.2 RUN VEHICLE This test uses a car built according to the standard ASTM E1082-90, see Figure 3. This car has a laser tool to record road roughness according to the IRI and the time is stamped at all record. The recorder has been pre-set to record the road roughness every five meters distance. The car running speed is set at 15m/s.

4

Piyasak Thiandee, Boonsap Witchayangkoon, Sayan Sirimontree, Ponlathep Lertworawanich

Figure 4: the pickup truck used for measurement of IRI in this research.

4. RESULT AND DISCUSSION Before each field experiment, the tests have been conducted to make sure that all smartphones are in good conditions. The tests include smartphone standstill test (see topic 3.2), and smartphone shaking setup (see topic 3.3). After starting the RSS App, the RSS App system is re-set to zero for all values of acceleration. This paper will pay attention to the result from the sixth and seventh field surveys.

4.1 FIELD RESULT The car laser tool records the road roughness (IRI value) every five meters distance, with vehicle speed 15 m/s. In one second, the system obtained three IRI values and the average IRI was recorded.

The average recorded value of acceleration data from vibration is extracted from smartphones. The IRI data and acceleration data is linked to the same second. Each field survey gives more than 600 data pair.

4.2 ROOT MEAN SQUARE The basic calculation is to use the root mean square method, that đ?‘…đ?‘€đ?‘† = √đ?‘Ľ 2 + đ?‘Ś 2 + đ?‘§ 2 , where đ?‘Ľ, đ?‘Ś, đ?‘§ are acceleration data from vibration in x, y, and z directions, respectively. The RMS result is used to find a relationship with IRI.

8.0 6.0

IRI 4.0 2.0

0.0 0.0

0.2

0.4

0.6

Acceleration from vibration

0.8

(m/s2)

1.0

1.2

1.4

from HONOR smartphone

Figure 5: Relationship between acceleration from vibration (m/s2) and IRI values from HONOR 10 smartphone, driving speed 15m/s.

*Corresponding author (B.Witchayangkoon). E-mail: drboonsap@gmail.com Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID: 10A09G http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09G.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.114

5

8.0 6.0

IRI 4.0 2.0 0.0 0.0

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

Acceleration from vibration

(m/s2)

1.0

1.2

1.4

from Nokia smartphone

Figure 6: Relationship between acceleration from vibration (m/s2) and IRI values from NOKIA 7 PLUS smartphone, driving speed 15m/s.

8.0 6.0

IRI 4.0 2.0 0.0 0.0

0.2

0.4

0.6

Acceleration from vibration

0.8

(m/s2)

1.0

1.2

1.4

from SAMSUNG smartphone

Figure 7: Relationship between acceleration from vibration (m/s2) and IRI values from SAMSUNG GALAXY A8 (2018) smartphone, with speed 15m/s.

From Figures 5, 6, and 7, with varied IRI values, it can see that the accelerations from vibration of all tested smartphones are in the range 0.8-1.2 m/s2. This seems to be the limit of accelerometers of the smartphones, resulted in very little correlations between acceleration from vibration (m/s2) and IRI values.

4.3 MACHINE LEARNING Machine learning (ML), the computer-based scientific technique, can help to calculate to covert the smartphones’ acceleration data from vibration to IRI. With supervised ML algorithms and statistical concept, the patterns in the 2km long acceleration data is used as a training data. After the training, the predictions for the rest of 7km long acceleration data is possible. This result from ML can give the relationship between acceleration data from vibration and IRI. The study applies the TAN-SIGMOID Transfer Function �, 2

đ?‘Ś = 1+đ?‘’ −2đ?‘Ž − 1

(1),

đ?‘Ž = đ?‘? + ∑đ?‘›đ?‘–=1 đ?‘ƒđ?‘– đ?‘Šđ?‘–

(2),

where đ?‘Š is weight, đ?‘? is a constant, and đ?‘ƒ is acceleration value from the smartphones, for data time đ?‘– to time đ?‘›. The process is given in Figure 4.

6

Piyasak Thiandee, Boonsap Witchayangkoon, Sayan Sirimontree, Ponlathep Lertworawanich

Figure 8: ML process based on Tan Sigmoid transfer function (Artificial Neural Networks).

(a) 2 km training (b) 9 km training Figure 9: TAN-SIGMOID Transfer Function from HONOR smartphone data.

(a) 2 km training (b) 9 km training Figure 10: TAN-SIGMOID Transfer Function from NOKIA smartphone data.

(a) 2 km training (b) 9 km training Figure 11: TAN-SIGMOID Transfer Function from SAMSUNG smartphone data.

ML method via TAN-SIGMOID Transfer Function gives better result for all cases of trainings, *Corresponding author (B.Witchayangkoon). E-mail: drboonsap@gmail.com ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID: 10A09G http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09G.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.114

7

see Figures 9-11. For the 2 km training, Figures 9(a), 10(a), and 11(a), the analysis results for 7km are a lot better compared to RMS. In Figures 9(b), 10(b), and 11(b), the 9 km training, the analysis for the same 9km data, the ML does not give perfect results due to low relationships between IRI and acceleration data from vibration extracted from smartphones.

When consider these low, the acceleration data from vibration seem to stay in the range 0.8-1.2 2 m/s , no matter the IRI values are, even though the setup shakings give acceleration data result 4-6.5 m/s2. The reason may due to the installation in the vertical that force the smartphones to move in only one direction, while the shaking test is done in three axes.

4.4 CORRELATIONS BETWEEN EXPERIMENT OUTCOME AND IRI The correlations between IRI values and acceleration data from vibration from smartphones are shown in the Table 2. It can see that each smartphone give different result while SAMSUNG smartphone gives the worst correlation.

Table 2: Correlations between IRI and acceleration data from vibration.

Calculation method RMS ML from 2km training ML from 9km training

HONOR 0.001 0.057 0.413

NOKIA 0.000 0.188 0.223

SAMSUNG 0.000 0.055 0.100

5. CONCLUSION The study present the experiment on using three different smartphones to collect acceleration data from vibration to detect the road roughness through the RSS App in the Android operating system. The RMS and ML methods are used in this study. There is different ability of each smartphone to detect the vibration, thus different detected values are obtained. The results are compared to the IRI observation. ML method gives better result compared to RMS. This study found no relationship on between IRI and acceleration data from vibration collected smartphones.

6. DATA AVAILABILITY STATEMENT The used or generated data from this study are available upon request to the corresponding author.

7. REFERENCES Aleadelat, W., Ksaibati, K., Wright, C.H. and Saha, P., 2018. Evaluation of pavement roughness using an android-based smartphone. Journal of Transportation Engineering, Part B: Pavements, 144(3), p.04018033.

ASTM E867-06 2012. Standard Terminology Relating to Vehicle-Pavement Systems, ASTM International, West Conshohocken, PA, 2012, www.astm.org DOI: 10.1520/E0867-06R12.

Bisconsini, D., Núñez, J.Y.M., Nicoletti, R. and Júnior, J.L.F., 2018. Pavement Roughness Evaluation with Smartphones. Journal of Science and Engineering Investigations, 72, pp.43-52.

Cantisani, G. and Loprencipe, G., 2010. Road roughness and whole-body vibration: Evaluation tools and comfort limits. Journal of Transportation Engineering, 136(9), 818-826.

Gillespie, T.D., 1980. Calibration of response-type road roughness measuring systems.

8

Piyasak Thiandee, Boonsap Witchayangkoon, Sayan Sirimontree, Ponlathep Lertworawanich

Hanson, T., Cameron, C. and Hildebrand, E., 2014. Evaluation of low-cost consumer-level mobile phone technology for measuring international roughness index (IRI) values. Canadian Journal of Civil Engineering, 41(9), 819-827.

FHWA. 2016. Measuring and specifying pavement smoothness. Tech Brief. FHWA-HIF-16-032. https://www.fhwa.dot.gov/pavement/pubs/hif16032.pdf. Accessed: April 2019.

Pastorius, W., Howe, D., Sanden, M. 2009. New laser line sensor for high-speed pavement profiling.

Concrete Engineering International. Spring 2009, 28-29.

Pinwiset, K., Raksuntorn, W., & Witchayangkoon, B. 2018. An Investigation and Test of Natural Rubber Latex Soil Cement Road. International Transaction Journal of Engineering Management & Applied Sciences & Technologies, 9(2), 67-74.

Yeganeh, S.F., Mahmoudzadeh, A., Azizpour, M.A. and Golroo, A. 2019. Validation of smartphonebased pavement roughness measures. arXiv:1902.10699.

Piyasak Thiandee is a Master’s student at Department of Civil Engineering, Thammasat School of Engineering, Thammasat University. He got his Bachelor’s degree in Civil Engineering from Ramkhamhaeng University, Thailand.

His research is related to Transportation Management.

Dr. Boonsap Witchayangkoon is an Associate Professor in Department of Civil Engineering, Thammasat School of Engineering, Thammasat University, Thailand. He received his B.Eng. from King Mongkut’s University of Technology Thonburi with Honors. He earned his PhD from University of Maine, USA in Spatial Information Science & Engineering. Dr. Witchayangkoon current interests involve applications of emerging technologies to engineering.

Dr. Sayan Sirimontree earned his bachelor degree from Khonkaen University Thailand, master degree in Structural Engineering from Chulalongkorn University Thailand and PhD in Structural Engineering from Khonkaen University Thailand. He is an Associate Professor at Thammasat University Thailand. He is interested in durability of concrete, repair and strengthening of reinforced and prestressed concrete structures.

Dr.Ponlathep Lertworawanich is Director of the Bureau of Highways Maintenance Management, Department of Highways, Ministry of Transportation, Royal Thai Government, Thailand. He earned his Bachelor of Engineering degree from Chulalongkorn University, Thailand. He obtained his PhD from The Pennsylvania Transportation Institute, The Pennsylvania State University, USA. His researches include Traffic Proble, Traffic Management and Statistics.

Trademarks Disclaimer: All products names including trademarks™ or registered® trademarks mentioned in this article are the property of their respective owners, using for identification purposes only. Use of them does not imply any endorsement or affiliation.

*Corresponding author (B.Witchayangkoon). E-mail: drboonsap@gmail.com ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID: 10A09G http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09G.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.114

9

©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies

International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies http://TuEngr.com

Paper ID: 10A09H

IMPROVE QUALITY OF GLOBAL DEM FOR TOPOGRAPHIC MAPPING: CASE STUDY OF PETCHABURI PROVINCE, THAILAND Kritsada Anantakarn

a*

b

, Phongphoom Sornchomkaew , and Thongchai Phothong

c

a

Department of Civil Engineering Faculty of Engineering, Rajamangala University of Technology Tawan-ok, THAILAND b Department of Civil Engineering Faculty of Engineering, Rajamangala University of Technology Rattanakosin, THAILAND c Department of Civil Engineering Faculty of Engineering, King Mongkut’s University of Technology Thonburi, THAILAND ARTICLEINFO

A B S T RA C T

Article history: Received 19 April 2019 Received in revised form 02 July 2019 Accepted 05 July 2019 Available online 16 July 2019

This research investigates the Shuttle Radar Topography Mission (SRTM) Version 3 Global 30m produced by The National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA). As one of the free download data sources from the internet, it is widely used for topographic mapping with the global scale of accuracy from North America and Europe test sites. However, there is lack of local accuracy assessment and verification for SRTM data as in Southeast Asia and Thailand due to the absence of Global Positioning System (GPS) benchmarks used as sources of Ground Control Points (GCP). This research used GNSS L-band global correction service ATLAS® (Hemisphere) for building the GPS trajectory as a source of GCP for assessment and improving the accuracy of SRTM Version 3 data.

The result shows that absolute vertical accuracy was achieved less than Vertical RMS 1.3 meters in comparing with relative vertical RMS 8.7 meters in Euro-Asia continent accuracy scale as announced in SRTM data specification. These results and method can be useful for engineers who apply DEMs for various applications such as updating the topographic map for landscape design and rural-urban development project in Thailand.

Keywords: Radar; SRTM; GNSS; LBand; accuracy; GCP; topography; RMS error.

© 2019 INT TRANS J ENG MANAG SCI TECH.

1. INTRODUCTION Digital elevation models (DEMs) are one of the most important sources for topographic mapping, land survey and human settlement development (Debella-Gilo and Kaab, 2011), Nowadays, there are some free sources data of DEM can be freely downloaded from the internet.

Therefore, there is an increased need for information about its quality and improvement the accuracy of the DEM for various modeling and mapping applications (Mukherjee et al., 2013). *Corresponding author (Kritsada Anantakarn). E-mail: singut51@gmail.com ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID: 10A09H http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09H.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.115

1

DEM errors may have occurred during data acquisition of the remotely sensed data such as space platform and DEM generation and production. To value the accuracy for DEM, previous studies compare the DEM elevation measurement with the high-accuracy DEM such as light detection and ranging data (Toutin 2004), ground control points (GCPs) from topographic maps (Zhao et al., 2011) or field-surveyed data with Differential GPS (Suwandana et al., 2012). Shuttle Radar Topography Mission (SRTM) elevation data derived from a C-band (at a wavelength of 5.6 cm) interferometric ScanSAR is available at a resolution of 1 arc-second (or 1� x 1�), that is approximately 30m x 30m the rest of the world and can be download from USGS (2014).

The United States National Geospatial-Intelligence Agency (NGA) and the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) conducted an accuracy evaluation by collecting ground truth that for the global validation and the results of this SRTM data as relative Height Root Mean Square (RMS) error as 8.7 m for the Europe-Asia continent accuracy scale (Rodriguez et al. 2006). Since the continent-wide contains many countries that have not sufficient numbers of GPS benchmarks for different topographic conditions (Rodriguez et al. 2006), some similar studies have been conducted locally by using GPS with accuracy range from 0.5 m to 10 m accuracy (Mouratidis et al. 2010; Suwandana et al. 2012; Santillana and Makinano 2016).

Figure 1: Topographic map of the study area with L-Band GNSS data collection points.

(Courtesy of USGS EROS/NASA EOSDIS) The L-Band ATLAS Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) system is a Global Based Augmentation System (GSBAS) that has been developed by Hemisphere GNSS Technology. This service enhanced real-time orbit and clock generation, dual redundant delivery of corrections from ground reference network via commercial communication satellites. Now-a-day, GNSS dual-frequency (L1/L2) single receiver is conducted in L-Band ATLAS system by static and dynamic

2

Kritsada Anantakarn a, Phongphoom Sornchomkaew, and Thongchai Phothong

positioning measurement modes. By single dual-frequency GNSS receiver, user world-wide can get higher positioning measurement at less than 10 centimeters (Hemisphere GNSS, 2017). An L-band Atlas GNSS system experiment was conducted for accuracy assessment in Thailand (Anantakarn and Witchayangkoon, 2019).

This study uses the L-Band ATLAS GNSS system by dynamic positioning measurement mode for elevation data collection to evaluate and adjust SRTM data in Kaeng Kachan, Petchaburi province, Thailand. The area is easy to access with dynamic topographic features from low to high land that is feasible for financial budget and time limitation of the study.

2. THE STUDY AREA The study area is located about 170 km southwest of Bangkok and between highway no. 3499 and 3510 as shown in Figure 1. This area as 325.887 sq. km consists of different terrain characteristics as elevation range from 20 to 460 meters with mixed urban, rural and forest zone land use where is typical urban expansion such as Kaeng Krachan real estate development project. The study area was selected because of its varied terrain ranges and accessibility with travel cost and time-saving.

3. METHODOLOGY 3.1 EQUIPMENT AND SOFTWARE For was used and L-Band ATLAS GNSS data collection, the HEMISPHERE S321+ GNSS SMART ANTENNA installed on top of the off-road car as shown in Figure 2.

The

HEMISPHERE S321 receiver includes L1/L2 frequencies for GNSS satellite as GPS (the United State of America), GLONASS (Russia), GALILEO (European) and BEIDOU (China) that receive Real-Time L-Band Correction Services (Hamisphere 2017). The GNSS Handheld Controller is UNISTRONG UG905 Tablet with Android OS Version 5.1.1 which operate Surveying data collection Software SurPad For Android V3.0.20180410 produced by Hemisphere GNSS 2018.

The free open-source Quantum GIS (QGIS) Version 3.2 and SAGA Version 2.3.2 was used for DEM and GIS data analysis, available from https://qgis.org/en/site.

Figure 2: HEMISPHERE S321GNSS RECEIVER on top of the off-road car *Corresponding author (Kritsada Anantakarn). E-mail: singut51@gmail.com Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID: 10A09H http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09H.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.115

3

3.2 METHODOLOGY The main methodology aims to evaluate and adjust SRTM version 3 by using field data collection as Real-Time L-Band Correction Services that illustrated in Figure 3.

3.2.1 SRTM ELEVATION DATA SRTM elevation data is available at a resolution 30 x 30 m with Earth Gravitational Model 1996 (EGM96) vertical (geoid) datum was downloaded from the USGS website (2014).

After Downloading, the SRTM Ver.3 data WGS 84 Latitude and Longitude with degree decimal unit that was converted into 30 x 30 m pixel size with map projection UTM Zone 47 North by using QGIS Ver 3.2 Software. The data is in GeoTIFF format as the sixteen-bit signed integer with width 682 pixels and Height 507 pixel as 325.887 sq. km. This data was compared with L-Band GNSS data for accuracy analysis and improvement.

SRTM Ver.3 Median Filter: the elevation values in DEM data comprises the height of the tree canopies, the roof of house and buildings as well as man-made features and so-called Digital Surface Model (DSM) (Miliaresis and Delikaraoglou 2009). These features caused data error as noises or peak values that could be removed by using low-pass filters (Pierce et al. 2006). In this study, the Median Filter with kernel size 7 x 7 was applied to SRTM data by using Raster Tool of QGIS – SAGA Version 2.3.2. After filtered, for the SRTM median filtered data was compared with L-Band GNSS data for evaluating the accuracy and adjusting improvement.

Figure 3: Methodology for SRTM Ver.3 and GNSS Data Processing and Analysis 3.2.2 L-BAND GNSS DATA The HEMISPHERE S321+ GNSS SMART ANTENNA installed on top of the off-road car and set for dynamic Real-Time L-Band Atlas Correction Services with the common map projection WGS 84 UTM zone 47 North that automatically recorded for 10-m interval as shown as black color points in Figure 1. During November 23 -24, 2018 field data collection, trajectory length is about 80 km during the two days. The speed of the vehicle was controlled at the speed of lower 40 km per hour to archive the stability and safety of the antenna to collect measurements in every 10 meters.

Check GNSS data accuracy: In order to archive high positioning coordinate GNSS measurements, horizontal and vertical RMS error over 30cm were rejected and not applied as a source of GCP and CP (Suwandana et al. 2012; Elkhrachy 2017).

Ground Control Point (GCP) and Check Point (CP) selection: For matching with SRTM data resolution at 30-meter pixel size, L-Band GNSS measurements were used for GCP (1969 points) by

4

Kritsada Anantakarn a, Phongphoom Sornchomkaew, and Thongchai Phothong

resampling for 30-m distance and for CP (592 points) by selecting 100-m distance interval (Mouratidis et al. 2010; Dong et al. 2015) as presented in Figure 4.

Figure 4: Selection of GCPs and CPs 3.2.3 CORRELATION ANALYSIS AND DEM ADJUSTMENT SRTM Ver.3 Data in Raster 16-bit integer for both raw data and the median-filtered digital value was extracted from the co-registered GNSS point by using Point Sampling Tool Plugin QGIS Ver. 3.2. for correlation analysis and comparison SRTM data with GNSS field data. Correlation describes the strength of an association between two variables and is completely symmetrical (Li et al., 2013; Dong et al., 2015), the correlation between the elevation of SRTM raw data and SRTM median filtered data and L-Band GNSS data is needed to analyses.

3.2.4 DEM ACCURACY IMPROVEMENT The correlation coefficient R is measured shows a relation between the two data sets. The results of the analysis can be applied to SRTM Ver.3 data as “regional regression model” to improve the accuracy of the topographic survey.

4. RESULTS AND DISCUSSIONS The main goal of statistical analysis is to calculate the regression equation to improve the accuracy of SRTM Ver.3 Data.

4.1 RESULTS In this study, a free global SRTM was investigated by comparing with reference elevation data from Real-Time L-Band Atlas Correction Services. After the removal DEM error by using median filter the elevation RMS error is reduced (17.7 cm) from 2.205 meters to 2.028 as seen the Table 1.

Table 1: Statistic results for improvement SRTM data Different from GNSS Min Max RMS STDev (RSE)

Raw SRTM -8.375 14.367 2.205 1.733

Filtered SRTM -5.375 13.367 2.028 1.520

Adjusted SRTM -9.043 11.125 1.597 1.426

Adjusted Filtered SRTM -6.391 10.373 1.301 1.093

The systematic errors of SRTM data were decreased by using the correlation equation as a regional regression model for adjusting the DEM. After adjusting the filtered SRTM data, elevation RMS error is reduced 29.6 cm (from 1.597 meters to 1.301 meters as seen the Table 1).

4.2 DISCUSSION The error correlations between the L-Band GNSS data and the SRTM data are generated. To *Corresponding author (Kritsada Anantakarn). E-mail: singut51@gmail.com ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID: 10A09H http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09H.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.115

5

improve the accuracy of the correlation, we use the value for the entire study area in the GNSS data as the control variable to perform a partial correlation between the GNSS data and original SRTM raw data and the SRTM filtered data. The difference between GNSS trajectory, SRTM raw data and median filtered data of the study area are shown in Figure 5. After median filtering (7x7 kernel), some noises from SRTM raw data were removed as visually resulted in SRTM filter data and it is smoother and similar to GNSS data clearly in the enlargement box.

As a result of a large number of points (1969) used to determine the error correlations, the correlation coefficient R is close to 1.0 in those comparisons. The fitted linear equations demonstrate that there are small vertical errors between GNSS data with SRTM median filtered data and the correlation coefficient R = 0.9938 as illustrated in Figures 6 and 7. With the regression model, the outcome indicates that the two datasets showed strong positive correlations with the L-Band GNSS elevations.

Total 592 checkpoints are applied for the final accuracy assessment and the relative frequency distribution of the height differences between reference data and examined SRTM raw and filtered data is provided in Figure 8.

L-Band GNSS

Elevation (m) SRTM_v3

SRTM_v3 Median Filter

Elevation (m)

120 100

80 60 40 20

L-Band GNSS elevation (m)

Number of Maesurements (1969 points) Figure 5: The difference between GNSS trajectory, SRTM raw data, and median filtered data

L-Band GNSS vs SRTM_v3

140 120 100 80 60 40 20 0

y = 0.0003x2 + 0.9172x + 2.1637 R² = 0.9895

Number = 1969

0

40 60 80 100 120 140 SRTM_v3 elevation (m) Figure 6: Vertical comparison between GNSS data with SRTM

6

20

Kritsada Anantakarn a, Phongphoom Sornchomkaew, and Thongchai Phothong

L-Band GNSS elevation (m)

L-Band GNSS vs SRTM_v3 Median Filter y = 0.0004x2 + 0.9089x + 2.1618 R² = 0.9938

140 120 100 80 60 40

Number = 1969

20

0 0

20 40 60 80 100 120 140 SRTM_v3 Median Filter elevation (m)

Figure 7: Vertical comparison between GNSS data with SRTM, applied with a median filter.

150

No. of occurance points

140 130

Elevation difference

120 110 SRTM raw

100 90

SRTM Filtered

80 70

SRTM Ajusted

60 SRTMFiltered & Adjusted

50 40 30

Check Points = 592

20 10 0 -8

-7

-6

-5 -4

-3

-2

-1

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10 11 12 13 14 15

Elevation difference (m) Figure 8: The histograms of elevation differences of the final accuracy assessment The histograms of elevation differences present the adjusted data slightly move to zero for both SRTM raw and filtered data which indicates that the best accuracy archive clearly as SRTM filtered data.

5. CONCLUSION L-Band GNSS elevations as reference data, the statistical computation for the relative vertical accuracy of SRTM Ver. 3 elevations data for the study site gave the vertical RMS 1.093 m in comparing with vertical RMS 8.7 meters in Euro-Asia continent accuracy scale as announced in SRTM data specification.

*Corresponding author (Kritsada Anantakarn). E-mail: singut51@gmail.com Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID: 10A09H http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09H.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.115

7

6. DATA AVAILABILITY STATEMENT The used or generated data and the result of this study are available upon request to the corresponding author.

7. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT This research was supported by the Division of Civil Engineering, Uthenthawai campus.

Rajamangala University of Technology Tawan-ok, Donor. We thank our colleagues who are working in Kaeng Krachan Land Development Company who give support during November 23–24, 2018 of field data collection. We would also like to show our gratitude to the Land Processes Distributed Active Archive Center (LP DAAC) managed by the NASA Earth Science Data and Information System (ESDIS) project. The SRTM Ver.3 data product was retrieved from the online Data Pool, courtesy of the NASA Land Processes Distributed Active Archive Center (LP DAAC), USGS/Earth Resources Observation and Science (EROS) Center, Sioux Falls, South Dakota, https://lpdaac.usgs.gov/data_access/data_pool during the course of this research.

8. REFERENCES Debella-Gilo M, Kaab A. 2011: Sub-pixel precision image matching for measuring surface displacements on mass movements using normalized cross-correlation. Remote Sens Environ. 115:130–142.

Elkhrachy I. 2017: Vertical accuracy assessment for SRTM and ASTER Digital Elevation Models: A case study of Najran city, Saudi Arabia. Ain Shams Engineering Journal (2017), http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.asej.2017.01.007.

Hemisphere GNSS (2017).

S321+ GNSS SMART ANTENNA, https://hemispheregnss.com /Products/Products/Position/s321-gnss-smart-antenna-1569. Accessed date 16 August 2018 Anantakarn, K., & Witchayangkoon, B. (2019). Accuracy assessment of L-band Atlas GNSS system in Thailand. International Transaction Journal of Engineering Management & Applied Sciences & Technologies, 10(1), 91-98.

Li P, Shi C, Li Z, Muller J-P., Drummond J., Li X., Li T., Li Y. & Liu J. 2013: Evaluation of ASTER GDEM using GPS benchmarks and SRTM in China. International Journal of Remote Sensing, Vol. 34, No. 5, 10 March 2013, 1744–1771.

Miliaresis G. and Delikaraoglou D. 2009: Effects of percent tree canopy density and DEM misregistration on SRTM/DEM vegetation height estimates. Remote Sens. 2009, 1, 36–49.

Mukherjee S, Joshi PK, Mukherjee S, Ghosh A, Garg RD, Mukhopadhyay A. 2013: Evaluation of vertical accuracy of open source Digital Elevation Model (DEM). Int J Appl Earth Obs Geoinf. 21:205– 217.

Pierce L., Kellndorfer J., Walker W, and Barros O. 2006: Evaluation of the Horizontal Resolution of SRTM Elevation Data. Photogrammetric Engineering & Remote Sensing Vol. 72, No. 11, November 2006, pp. 1235–1244.

Rodriguez E., Morris C., and Eric Belz J. 2006: A Global Assessment of the SRTM Performance.

Photogrammetric Engineering & Remote Sensing Vol. 72, No. 3, March 2006, pp. 249–260.

Suwandana E., Kawamura K., Sakuno Y, Kustiyanto E. and Raharjo B 2012: Evaluation of ASTER GDEM2 in Comparison with GDEM1, SRTM DEM and Topographic-Map-Derived DEM Using Inundation Area Analysis and RTK-dGPS Data. Remote Sens. 2012, 4, 2419-2431; doi:10.3390/rs4082419.

Toutin T. 2004. Comparison of stereo-extracted DTM from different high-resolution sensors: SPOT-5, EROS-a, IKONOS-II, and QuickBird. IEEE Trans Geosci Remote Sens. 42:2121–2129.

8

Kritsada Anantakarn a, Phongphoom Sornchomkaew, and Thongchai Phothong

USGS. (2014). SRTMGL1: NASA Shuttle Radar Topography Mission Global 1 arc second V003. Land Processes Distributed Active Archive Center. https://lpdaac.usgs.gov/dataset_discovery/measures/measures_products_table/srtmgl1_v003 Accessed October 2018.

Zhao S, Cheng W, Zhou C, Chen X, Zhang S, Zhou Z, Liu H, Chai H. 2011. Accuracy assessment of the ASTER GDEM and SRTM3 DEM: an example in the Loess Plateau and North China Plain of China. Int J Remote Sens. 32:8081–8093.

Dr. Kritsada Anantakarn is a Lecturer at the Department of Civil Engineering Technology, Faculty of Engineering and Architectures, Rajamongala University of Technology Tawan-ok, Uthenthawai Campus, Thailand. He earned his Bachelor of Engineering (Civil Engineering) from Faculty of Engineering Rajamangala Institute of Engineering, and a Master’s degree in of Urban and Environmental Planning from King Mongkut's Institute of Technology Ladkrabang, and his PhD from Thammasat University. He is interested in GPS/GNSS and spatial technology.

Phongphoom Sornchomkaew is a lecturer at Department of Civil Engineering, Faculty of Engineering and Architecture, Rajamagala University of Technology Rattanakosin Wang Klai Kang Won Campus, Prachuap Kiri Kan, Thailand. He holds a Master of Engineering degree from Thammasat University. His research focuses on technology applications to facilitate and foster civil engineering study.

Dr. Thongchai Phothong is a lecturer at Department of Civil Engineering Department, Faculty of Engineering, King Mongkut's University of Technology Thonburi (KMUTT). He is at KMUTT. He earned his Bachelor Degree (Civil Engineering) from King Mongkut's University of Technology Thonburi (KMUTT), Thailand, and Master Degree in Geotechnical Engineering also from KMUTT. He earned his PhD from Thammasat University. He is interested in spatial technology and applications.

Trademarks Disclaimer: All products names including trademarks™ or registered® trademarks mentioned in this article are the property of their respective owners, using for identification purposes only. Use of them does not imply any endorsement or affiliation.

Note: The original of this article was reviewed, accepted, and presented at the 4th International Conference-Workshop on Sustainable Architecture and Urban Design (ICWSAUD2019), a joint conference with 4th International Conference on Engineering, Innovation, and Technology, during 24-26 June 2019 at Vistana Penang Bukit Jambul Hotel, Penang, Malaysia.

*Corresponding author (Kritsada Anantakarn). E-mail: singut51@gmail.com ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID: 10A09H http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09H.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.115

9

©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies

International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies http://TuEngr.com

PAPER ID: 10A09I

EFFECT OF WORKING CAPITAL ON SUCCESS MEASUREMENT INDICATORS (NON-FINANCIAL VARIABLES) a

Fahimeh Nazari , Babak Jamshidinavid a b

a*

Department of Accounting, Ilam Branch, Islamic Azad University, Ilam, IRAN Department of Accounting, Kermanshah Branch, Islamic Azad University, Kermanshah, IRAN

ARTICLEINFO

A B S T RA C T

Article history: Received 11 March 2019 Received in revised form 02 July 2019 Accepted 08 July 2019 Available online 16 July 2019

This research investigates the effect of working capital on success measurement indicators (non-financial variables). In this research 142 corporations have been chosen as the research sample among 856 accepted corporations in Tehran Stock Exchange from 2012 to 2016.

The research gathered data have used Stata software, Eviews software and Paneling Logit Model as verisimilitude maximizing method to test the research hypotheses. The research hypotheses are the effects of pure working capital and impure working capital on success measurement indicators, (non-financial variables: transaction mass (volume) and transaction times. The research findings indicate the positive and meaningful effect of pure working capital on mass (volume) and numbers of transaction times and lack of effect of impure working capital on mass (volume) and number of transaction times. The research results represent that existence of suitable working capital can help corporations to attract investors’ trusts and motivations to invest. Based on the research findings, corporations’ managers can play important roles on performance improvement specification and access corporations` success by knowing the important role and application of capital in cycle. © 2019 INT TRANS J ENG MANAG SCI TECH.

Keywords: Financial performance; Impure working capital; Financial leverage; Tehran Stock Exchange; Numbers of transaction times.

1. INTRODUCTION Investment development and capital attraction can`t cause economic development lonely, however this factor can happen while the capitals are invested in successful corporations with economic relativity beneficiary. Successful corporations can increase their internal impure productions and exports by introductions of desirable products and added value activities and the operation can cause economic growth and exchange technology for country. Investment in these corporations can cause optimized attribution of capital. So, recognitions of successful corporations *Corresponding author (Babak Jamshidinavid). E-mail: jamshidinavid1@iauksh.ac.ir ©2019 International Transaction Journal

of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A09I http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09I.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.116

1

are necessary to invest. Then, investors try to divide successful corporations from unsuccessful corporations for more suitable investments. In the developed countries, rank institutes play the mentioned roles, but there aren`t such institutes in Iran and ranking stock exchange is the only credit and common ranking, (Khatanloo, 2004). Loss percent in very high in newfound countries and the researches indicate that 90 percent of the corporations will not enter to their fourth year of their lives.

There are many reasons for losses of the corporations and institutes; however, working capital has been known as the important source for growth in challenging economic atmosphere that international organizations are looking for new ways to face with loss, performance improvement and risk decrease, (Baharmoghadam, 2011). Working capital plays an important role in structure of an organization in such a way that working capital and liquidity have been simulated as blood that is flowing in vessels of a commercial unit to help that unit to continue its life, (Kesseven, 2006).

Organization literature concentrates on studies of long-term financial securement decisions and researches studies more about this subject. Researchers concentrate on these topics as; financial structure analysis, investment in fixed properties, profit of cash stock and stock evaluation of corporations. While investment in current assets and use of short-term financial securement sources are important elements of corporations` balance sheets that have many effects on corporations values by effectiveness on profitability and risk but the effects of these elements on corporations` values and successes have not been considered and investigated a lot, (Smith, 1980). The reasons of unsuccessfulness of major parts of broken corporations are undesirable status and lack of attention to working capital topic. While these corporations have suitable financial status in long term duration, they have lost their competitive abilities because of unsuitable planning in working capital, (Besley & et.al. 1987). Most of the corporations have extra or deduction of working capital because of lack of suitable planning. Amount of optimized working capital that should be reserved to attain the most profitability is very important, (Ramachandran and Janiraman, 2009). Working capital is a capital external main source for small and average corporations because these corporations have limited access to capital markets and they use short term liabilities to overcome their problems. Working capital of the corporations has not been a corporation internal topic but it has been an important indicator for risk evaluation by credits, (Samiloglu & Demirgunes, 2008: 44). Working capital and effective planning for it are very important for agencies and they have abilities to overcome financial crises and economic vagueness, (Mashayekh et al., 2015).

There are vast and different indicators to measure successful and unsuccessful corporations.

Investors try to divide successful corporations from unsuccessful ones for their better investments. In the developed countries, ranked institutes are responsible for the division, but there aren`t such institutes in Iran and stock exchange is responsible for the division. In the recent years, most of the institutes encourage to be internally and externally evaluated to reserve their competitive beneficiaries in regional and universal markets. The mentioned evaluations clarify whether the corporations are among successful and better corporations in markets or not, so they can plan to access more shares of market. Investors need recognition and owning of a series of credits and indicators to make correct and effective decisions in choice for investment of a successful corporation and the indicators can be suitable different sources. Recognitions of effective key criterions and factors are very necessary for the choice, (Noroosh et al., 2009).

Recently, there are challenges about non-financial criterions that can omit defaults of operation

2

Fahimeh Nazari, Babak Jamshidinavid

evaluation financial criterions. So, non-financial criterions are effective when they have different effects than financial criterions and these effects are more important than financial criterions, (Ansari et.al., 2010).

Information importance for successful anticipation and corporations` profitability has caused researchers to looking for variables and indicators that have meaningful relationships with corporations` successes and profitability. The information can be divided into financial information that can be extracted from financial statements and non-financial information such as; transaction mass, numbers of transaction times, numbers of buyers and etc. These factors can be important for strategies of beneficent investments. Portfolio choice with financial and non-financial factors can cause suitable return access, (Mehrani et al., 2003). Shortage of research about non-financila variables such as; mass and numbers of transaction times as successful, effective and important indicators for working capital in successful agencies are the main reasons for the topic choice and the research aim is investigating the effect of working capital on successful estimation indicators of corporations. In the otherwise, if there is a suitable plan for working capital in a corporation, its importance will be known and the corporation managers will manage it well, how can this performance effect on the corporation success?

2. LITERATURE REVIEW Sohili & Shamsi (2015), studied relationship between politic of working capital and profitability of the accepted corporations in Tehran Stock Exchange. The research findings indicated that there was a meaningful relationship between working capital and profitability.

Farmanara & Jaefari (2015), investigated the effect of working capital management and financial leverage on profitability of some of the corporations in Tehran Stock Exchange. Regression results of the studied sample represented that there was a positive meaningful relationship between mixture of working capital and economic added value in the accepted corporations of Tehran Stock Exchange and this relationship would be reversed by the mediatory effect of financial leverage. Moreover, the research findings showed that mixture of working capital had no meaningful effect on variables of financial leverage and return ratio of stockholders` rights in the active corporations of Tehran Stock Exchange and ultra-bourse of Iran during the research time.

Nyabwanga et.al. (2012), investigated the effect of working capital performance on financial performance. The research conclusions indicated that management performance of working capital was very weak in such a way that majority didn`t have working capital management and their financial performances were relatively weak.

Ramachandran & Janairaman (2009), investigated relationship between efficiency of working capital management and profit before benefit and tax in India paper industry. The research results represented that in India paper industry working capital was managed considerably and desirably and suitable working management had direct effect on profit before benefit and tax and liquidity.

*Corresponding author (Babak Jamshidinavid). E-mail: jamshidinavid1@iauksh.ac.ir Š2019 International Transaction Journal

of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A09I http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09I.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.116

3

3. THEORETICAL BASES 3.1

WORKING CAPITAL

Working capital is amount of liquidity asset that gives credits relief and it shows accessible liquidity amount to encounter with probable situations and threats; moreover, it is used as a safety and guarantee for creditors. In fact, it represents pure short term investments to do daily activities (financial management site). Amount of current asset that is secured by long term financial source places is called working capital. Impure working capital is defined as current asset total and pure working capital as current asset extra on current liability. Amount of working capital is an indicator to recognize liquidity degree and lack of insolvency of a corporation when it has been used in comparison with other indicators and financial ratios, (Kesseven, 2006).

Working capital is a common analytical instrument and standard for liquidity and short term financial ability. Creditors mainly concentrate on difference between current assets and liabilities.

Financial analyst evaluated working capital for investment suggestions and decisions. Governmental institutes divide asset legislating, current and non-current liabilities to answer users` needs, (Financial Management Site).

Based on the central bank reports working capital is the sources that cause beneficiary from fixed capitals and it returns to productive unit during a short time. In fact, working capital is for securements of current liabilities and external of a corporation is deducted from its current assets to estimate its liability, (Economic World Site).

Introduced problems in working capital are: inexistence of successful views about specification method of working capital concluded members and existence of different views of items that should be in working capital and inexistence of clear meaning for working capital formed members, (Financial Management Site).

Working capital is very important for agencies and effects on their abilities to overcome on financial crises and encounter with economic vagueness. While suitable management of agencies` liquidities can be important factor for their future success and encounter with economic crises.

Insufficiency of current assets as a limited factor may effect on agencies` performance efficiencies and increase their break risks. Moreover, more reserve of cash can endanger agency success and encounter with break. Efficient management of working capital means that manager should manage and plan current assets and liabilities of agencies and do short term commitments and he should prevent from more investments in short term assets. So, agency profitability can be improved in two ways: efficiency of operation and optimized management of working capital, (Setayesh & Masouri, 2009).

3.2

INDICATORS OF SUCCESS MEASUREMENT

Most of economists as “Adam Smith” and “Ricardo” know capital formation as the most important factor for economical advances. Economic development in progressive world behold on bourse and capital market activities especially in the twentieth century. Capital market in the form of financial market is the conflux place of offer and demand of middle and long terms financial sources.

Most of the capital presenters in the market include individual savers, legal individual who have savings or extra money, organizations, credit institutes and government. This market as one of the

4

Fahimeh Nazari, Babak Jamshidinavid

securement center for capital money guides savings and liquidities of individuals by financial personnel and intermediators toward productive long-term investments and business, (Gholizadeh, 2003).

In fact, bourse benefits from criterions such as; balance and diversity of stock business to rank corporations. So, it is necessary that bourse uses not only non-financial standards but also extracted financial standards from financial statements to rank corporations because it can do more comprehensive and accurate ranking. The important point is that all the financial and non-financial criterions do not have equal importance, in the otherwise; some of the criterions are more important than other ones, (Noroosh, Zakeri & Salami, 2009).

Mass and numbers on stock transactions have been considered by transactors and business majors a lot because they can be criterions for corporation success evaluation and they help them to make better investment decisions. Bourse responsible considers mass of transactions as if mass of stock transactions is more, market will have more value meaningfully. Mass of transactions represents amount of investors` attentions and interests toward corporation stock. When mass of transactions is high, it means that stock is buying and selling continuously. Statistic of stock can give you more good information about performance of each share, (Talebnia, Zarenikooparvar & Yazdi, 2009).

3.3

OPERATIONAL DEFINITIONS OF VARIABLES

In this research pure working capital and impure working capital have been considered as independent variables, definitions of each of the variables will be introduced as follow: Amount of current assets that is secured by place of long-term sources is called working capital.

Amount of working capital is an indicator to recognize liquidity degree and lack of insolvency of a corporation when it has been used in comparison with other indicators and financial ratios.

Pure working capital= current assets – current liabilities Impure working capital= accumulation of corporation assets In this research, mass of transactions and number of transaction times has been considered as dependent variables and their data have been extracted by Rahavard Novin Software.

MASS OF TRANSACTION

Number of transacted stock in a time duration represents the power of a stock liquidity.

Transaction mass for each corporation in one year time durations has gained from information bank.

NUMBER OF TRANSACTION TIMES

It includes number of a stock transactions in the considered duration.

In the research corporation size is the controlling variable because there is a correlation between corporation size and other corporation characteristics. If corporation size is bigger, working capital mass and amount of corporations will be bigger. So, the effects of this variable in the research models should be negated because the effects of working capital and success measurement indicators will be correctly estimated.

Corporation size= LN (mass of yearly pure sale) Another controlling variable in the research is financial leverage that is correlated with corporation performance. This formula indicates capital structure indicator and represents that how *Corresponding author (Babak Jamshidinavid). E-mail: jamshidinavid1@iauksh.ac.ir Š2019 International Transaction Journal

of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A09I http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09I.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.116

5

much of corporation assets are used to secure liabilities. One of the effective factors on working capital management is leverage ratio and it has negative meaningful relationship with working capital. If amount of liability ratio is higher, needed working capital for organization daily operation will decrease.

Financial leverage= accumulation of liabilities / accumulation of assets

4. RESEARCH METHODOLOGY The research is application oriented based on its aim and it is really used in capital market and the research findings can be used and applicant. The research is descriptive and measured based on its performance method because it studied the variables as what really are and it aim is investigating situation and phenomena descriptions. The research is deductive in term of its rational performance because it has introduced sample and hypothesis exhibitions based on the received findings of previous observations and experiences. The research is looking for relationship between reason and cause of the variables so it is casualty research. The research data are quantitative kind and the research data analytical methods is data paneling method which measures variables among each other contracted and during time. In the research paneling data regression models have been used. The research time duration has been considered from begging of 2012 to 2016. The research theoretic subjects has been gathered by library studies, investigating the existence document and experiences related to the research subject, books, theses, internal and external credit magazines related to the research subject and internet that includes update scientific information source. Moreover, the needed research data for the hypotheses have been gathered by reference to Tehran Stock Exchange Organization, yearly financial statements, descriptive notes of the accepted corporations in Tehran Stock Exchange and abbreviated software for the corporations` financial information is Rahavard Novin. Other research needed data have been gathered by references to weekly, monthly and yearly published journals by Tehran Stock Exchange from 5 year time duration (2012 – 2016). Excel information bank has been used to calculate and save research variable calculations and State Data and Eviews softwares have been used to analyze research data. In the research the statistical population include all 856 accepted corporations in Tehran Stock Exchange in 2014, however; 142 corporations have chosen as the research statistic sample by systematic deletion.

5. HYPOTHESES 5.1.1 First Main Hypothesis Pure working capital has meaningful effect on success measurement indicators of corporations (non-financial variables).

Sub-Hypothesis

Pure working capital has meaningful effect on transaction mass.

Pure working capital has meaningful effect on numbers of transaction times.

5.1.2 Second Main Hypothesis Impure working capital has meaningful effect on success measurement indicators of corporations (non-financial variables).

6

Fahimeh Nazari, Babak Jamshidinavid

Sub-Hypothesis

Impure working capital has meaningful effect on transaction mass.

Impure working capital has meaningful effect on numbers of transaction times.

First model: đ?‘‡đ?‘‰đ?‘–đ?‘Ą = đ?›ź0đ?‘–đ?‘Ą + đ?›ź1đ?‘–đ?‘Ą đ?‘Šđ??śđ?‘–đ?‘Ą + đ?›ź2đ?‘–đ?‘Ą đ?‘Šđ??ś. đ?‘ đ?‘–đ?‘Ą − đ?›ź3đ?‘–đ?‘Ą đ??żđ??¸đ?‘‰đ?‘–đ?‘Ą + đ?›ź4đ?‘–đ?‘Ą đ?‘†đ??źđ?‘?đ?‘–đ?‘Ą + đ?‘ˆđ?‘–đ?‘Ą

(1)

Second model: đ?‘ đ?‘‡đ?‘–đ?‘Ą = đ?›ź0đ?‘–đ?‘Ą + đ?›ź1đ?‘–đ?‘Ą đ?‘Šđ??śđ?‘–đ?‘Ą + đ?›ź2đ?‘–đ?‘Ą đ?‘Šđ??ś. đ?‘ đ?‘–đ?‘Ą − đ?›ź3đ?‘–đ?‘Ą đ??żđ??¸đ?‘‰đ?‘–đ?‘Ą + đ?›ź4đ?‘–đ?‘Ą đ?‘†đ??źđ?‘?đ?‘–đ?‘Ą + đ?‘ˆđ?‘–đ?‘Ą

(2)

First Model: Investigating the Effect of Pure and Impure Working Capitals on Transaction Mass Table 1: Regression models for the first and third hypotheses Model dependent variable: transaction mass or volume (TV): conclusions paneling logit model estimation by verisimilitude maximizing method Fixed effects Random effects Variable name Coefficients Meaningful Probability ratio coefficient Meaningful Probability ratio level (Z) (final effect) level (z) (final effect) dy/dx dy/dx Pure working 0.1158 0.004 0.8906 0.01608 0.033 0.98404 capital (WC.N) Impure 0.76379 0.095 0.4658 0.23622 0.382 0.2664 working capital (WC) Financial -0.0699 0.023 0.9324 -0.14874 0.020 0.1603 leverage (LEV) Corporation 17.74 0.049 0.35698 2.9367 0.009 0.05303 size (SIZE) Pass cross ---------------------2.7355 1.08 15.41 origin Numbers of contracts: 142 Time duration: Logarithm of likelihood: -446.26 Logarithm of likelihood: -245.0086 2010 – 2014 Numbers of observations: 710

Model based on fixed effects: đ?‘‡đ?‘‰đ?‘–đ?‘Ą = 0.1158đ?‘Šđ??ś. đ?‘ đ?‘–đ?‘Ą − 0.06993đ?‘–đ?‘Ą đ??żđ??¸đ?‘‰đ?‘–đ?‘Ą + 17.74đ?‘†đ??źđ?‘?đ?‘–đ?‘Ą

(3)

Model based on random effects: đ?‘‡đ?‘‰đ?‘–đ?‘Ą = 0.01608đ?‘Šđ??ś. đ?‘ đ?‘–đ?‘Ą − 0.14874đ??żđ??¸đ?‘‰đ?‘–đ?‘Ą + 2.9367đ?‘†đ??źđ?‘?đ?‘–đ?‘Ą

(4)

Meaningful level of z test for pure working capital in fixed effect model is 0.004 and in random effect model is 0.033 and is less than 0.05, so it can be concluded that pure working capital variable has an effect on stock transaction mass. This variable regression coefficient is positive that represents the positive meaningful effect of this variables. Meaningful level of z test for impure working capital in fixed effect model is 0.095 and in random effect model is 0.382 and is more than 0.05, so it can be concluded that pure working capital variable has no effect on stock transaction mass. Meaningful *Corresponding author (Babak Jamshidinavid). E-mail: jamshidinavid1@iauksh.ac.ir Š2019 International Transaction Journal

of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A09I http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09I.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.116

7

level of z test for controlling variable of financial leverage in fixed effect model is 0.023 and in random effect model is 0.020 and is less than 0.05, so it can be concluded that pure working capital variable has an effect on stock transaction mass. This variable regression coefficient is negative that represents the negative effect of financial leverage on transaction mass. Finally, meaningful level of z test for controlling variable of corporation size in fixed effect model is 0.049 and in random effect model is 0.009 and is less than 0.05, so it can be concluded that pure working capital variable has an effect on stock transaction mass. This variable regression coefficient is positive that represents the positive meaningful effect of corporation size on transaction mass.

Second Model: Investigating the Effect of Pure and Impure Working Capitals on Numbers of Transaction Times Table 1: regression equation coefficients for the second and fourth hypotheses Model dependent variable: numbers of transaction times or volume (TV): conclusions paneling logit model estimation by verisimilitude maximizing method Fixed effects Random effects Variable name Coefficients Meaningful Probability ratio coefficient Meaningful Probability ratio level (Z) (final effect) level (z) (final effect) dy/dx dy/dx Pure working 0.0614 0.001 0.9404 0.0327 0.006 0.9677 capital (WC.N) Impure 0.49292 0.496 1.637 0.64191 0.020 1.9 working capital (WC) Financial -0.2848 0.000 0.7521 -0.0277 0.04 0.9731 leverage (LEV) Corporation 9.1365 0.033 0.0001 4.7062 0.012 0.009 size (SIZE) Pass cross ---------------------2.2794 0.364 9.771 origin Numbers of contracts: 142 Time duration: Logarithm of likelihood: -262.571 Logarithm of likelihood: -455.655 2010 – 2014 Numbers of observations: 710

Model based on fixed effects: đ?‘‡đ?‘‰đ?‘–đ?‘Ą = 0.061đ?‘Šđ??ś. đ?‘ đ?‘–đ?‘Ą − 0.2848đ??żđ??¸đ?‘‰đ?‘–đ?‘Ą + 9.1365đ?‘†đ??źđ?‘?đ?‘–đ?‘Ą

(5)

Model based on random effects: đ?‘‡đ?‘‰đ?‘–đ?‘Ą = 0.0327đ?‘Šđ??ś. đ?‘ đ?‘–đ?‘Ą − 0.64191đ??żđ??¸đ?‘‰đ?‘–đ?‘Ą + 0.0277đ?‘†đ??źđ?‘?đ?‘–đ?‘Ą + 4.7062đ?‘†đ??źđ?‘?đ?‘–đ?‘Ą

(6)

Meaningful level of z test for pure working capital in fixed effect model is 0.004 and in random effect model is 0.001 and is less than 0.006, so it can be concluded that pure working capital variable has an effect on numbers of transaction times. This variable regression coefficient is positive that represents the positive meaningful effect of this variables. Meaningful level of z test for impure working capital in fixed effect model is 0.496 and is more than 0.05, so it can be concluded that pure working capital variable has no effect on numbers of transaction times. Meaningful level of z test for controlling variable of financial leverage in fixed effect model is 0.000 and in random effect model is 0.04 and is less than 0.05, so it can be concluded that pure working capital variable has an effect on

8

Fahimeh Nazari, Babak Jamshidinavid

stock transaction mass. This variable regression coefficient is negative that represents the negative effect of financial leverage on numbers of transaction times. Finally, meaningful level of z test for controlling variable of corporation size in fixed effect model is 0.033 and in random effect model is 0.012 and is less than 0.05, so it can be concluded that pure working capital variable has an effect on stock transaction mass. This variable regression coefficient is positive that represents the positive meaningful effect of corporation size on numbers of transaction times.

6. CONCLUSION Based on the received conclusions, it can said that pure working capital variable has positive meaningful effect on stock transaction and numbers of transaction times. Research conclusions represent that existence of suitable working capital can help corporations to attract investors` trusts and their motivations. Working capital is a pure variable that corporations` managers by knowing its important role and application can play roles on performance improvement specification and access to the corporation success. The research results indicate existence of an optimized level of working capital and the corporations that access to the level of optimization can be successful in stock market by increase or decrease of stock status working capital and improved efficiency. Most of the investors are looking for this subject that working capital choice in which corporations will have more effects on their successes. The reason for this topic choice is a lot of use of working capital in different aspects of production and investment that causes increases transaction mass and numbers of transaction times. Based on the research conclusions, impure working capital has no effect on investors` decisions so, it will not cause increase or decrease of transaction mass and numbers of transaction times. The reasons for this factor are using of accounting methods in recognitions of assets, evaluation repeat, not merging of assets and investors` unawareness with the methods because these factors have not been attended during decision making. As the independent and dependent variables of the research have not been analyzed in the other researches, so comparison will not be possible. Financial managers can use accessible corporation assets and consider corporation situations and country major economic to create competitive situations and go ahead their aims and increase corporation success. If a corporation tries to continue monotonic policy for working capital, this factor will cause investors attraction. Financial managers should pay attention to this point that more fluctuation of working capital during the recent years have created investors` insurance and decrease of stock transaction.

7. RESEARCH SUGGESTIONS It is suggested that investors and market activists should investigate stock transaction mass and numbers of stock transactions in their decisions to buy and sell stocks of corporations because existence of few stock transaction mass and numbers of transaction times will announce the news that corporation doesn`t have suitable status and it needs more investigation of information sources to increase their decision accuracy. It seems that increase of stock exchange attention to bourse corporation development, increase of investors` numbers, supervision on quantity and quality of corporations` transactions and omission of lost corporation are necessary for transaction fluency in Tehran Stock Market. Determination of optimized and considerable limitation of assets are necessary *Corresponding author (Babak Jamshidinavid). E-mail: jamshidinavid1@iauksh.ac.ir Š2019 International Transaction Journal

of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A09I http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09I.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.116

9

for the corporations. Optimized of remained working capital means minimizing needed working capital and maximizing income. If a corporation faces with surplus or shortage of working capital and many fluctuations during corporation life years, these status will not desirable. So, it is suggested that researchers should investigate balance sheets numbers during data investigation and they should consider working capital as an effective factor on transaction mass and numbers of transaction times.

As investors react to transaction mass fluctuations in stock market, it is better that Tehran Stock Exchange should have better information transparency about the reasons of the fluctuations.

8. AVAILABILITY OF DATA AND MATERIAL Data used or generated from this study can be requested to the corresponding author.

9. REFERENCES Ansari, M., Mardani, A., RahmaniYoshanloo, H., Danialidoohoz, M. (2010), “Financial and non-financial standards of performance evaluation on job satisfaction from employees` views of the accepted corporations in Tehran Stock Exchange”, Investigations of Accounting & Auditing, 18th duration, No. 63, p.p. 1-20 Baharmoghadam, M., Yazdi, Z., Yazdi, S. (2010), “Investigation the effects of working capital management on profitability of the accepted corporation in Tehran Stock Exchange”, Magazine of Management Accounting, 4th duration, No.10, p.p. 63-75 Setayesh, M.H., Masouri, O. (2009), “Investigation relationship between working capital and different members of accounting profit of the accepted corporation in Tehran Stock Exchange”, Researches of Financial Accounting & Auditing Sohaili, H., Shamsi, Kh. (2015), “Relationship between working capital politic and profitability of the accepted corporation in Tehran Stock Exchange”, Silvikia Base Farmanara, O., Arefnezhad, M., Jaefari, M. (2015), “The effect of working capital management and financial leverage on profitability of some of the accepted corporation in Tehran Stock Exchange”, Quarterly of Financial Economy and Development, 10th year, No. 34 Talebnia, Gh., Zarehnikooparavar Yazdi, M. (2009), “Investigation the effects of financial variables of the corporations on their transaction masses in Tehran Stock Exchange”, Financial Studies, 12th duration, No. 29, p.p. 79-98 Khatanloo, M. (2004), “Investigation comparison of corporations` rankings based on profitability ratios and indicators of Tehran Stock Exchange”, M.A Thesis, Accounting Course, University of Tarbiat Modares Mashayekh, Sh. Noroozi, S., Ghashghaei, F. (2015), “The effect of maintenance level of maintained cash flow on relationship between return and working capital”, Quarterly of Accounting & Auditing Investigations, Mehrani, S., Mehrani, K., Karami, Gh. (2003), “Use of financial and non-financial historical information for division of successful and unsuccessful corporations, Investigations of Accounting & Auditing, 11(38), 77-92 Noroosh, E., Zakeri, H., Salami, H. (2009), “Ranking of measurement indicators of successful corporations, (a view exhibition for decision making method choice of suitable multi-indicators)”, Entrepreneurial Development, 2nd year, p.p. 141-163 Besley, Scott and R. L. Meyer, (1987), "An Empirical Investigation of Factors Affecting the Cash Conversion Cycle", Las Vegas Nevada.

10

Fahimeh Nazari, Babak Jamshidinavid

Kesseven, P., (2006), "Trends in Working Capital Management and Its Impact on Firms’ Performance: An Analysis of Mauritian Small Manufacturing Firms", International Review of Business Research Papers, Vol.2 No. 2. October, 45 -58.

Ramachandran, A. and Janairaman, M., (2009), "The Relationship between Working Capital Management Efficiency and debit", Managing Global Transitions, Vol. 7, No.1, 61-74.

Smith K., (1980), "Profitability versus Liquidity Tradeoffs in Working Capital Management", in Readings on the Management of Working Capital. Ed. K. V. Smith, St. Paul, West Publishing Company,pp: 549-562.

Samiloglue , F. and Demirnes ,k., (2008),”The Effect Of Working Capital Management On Firm Profitability: Evidence From Turkey “The International Journal of Applied Economics and Finance.No.1,Vol.12.

Fahimeh Nazari is a Master’s degree student at Department of Management and Accounting, Islamic Azad University, Kermanshah Branch, Iran. Her research interests are working capital, Debt to Equity Ratio of Shareowners, Finance Management.

Dr. Babak Jamshidinavid is an Assistant Professor, Accounting Department in Islamic Azad University, Kermanshah Branch, Iran. He received his Master’s and Ph.D degree in Accounting Program from Islamic Azad University, Central Tehran Branch, and Islamic Azad University, Science and Research Branch, Tehran, Iran. His research interests are Concepts of New audit, Investment Concepts in the Stock Exchange, Liquidity, Tax, Investment Decision, Stock Value, Monetary and Financial Policy.

Trademarks Disclaimer All products names including trademarks TM or registered® trademarks mentioned in this article are the property of their respective owners, using for identification purposes only. Use of them does not imply any endorsement or affiliation.

*Corresponding author (Babak Jamshidinavid). E-mail: jamshidinavid1@iauksh.ac.ir ©2019 International Transaction Journal

of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A09I http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09I.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.116

11

©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies

International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies http://TuEngr.com

PAPER ID: 10A09J

PUBLIC SPACE AND PRIVATE SPACE CONFIGURATION IN INTEGRATED MULTIFUNCTIONAL RESERVOIR: CASE OF MARINA BARRAGE, SINGAPORE Nasiha Yusoff a*, Ahmad Sanusi Hassan a*, Asif Ali b , Boonsap Witchayangkoon c a

School of Housing, Building & Planning, Universiti Sains Malaysia, 11800 USM, MALAYSIA. Architecture Section (University Polytechnic), Aigarh Muslim University, INDIA. c Department of Civil Engineering, Thammasat School of Engineering, Thammasat University, THAILAND. b

ARTICLEINFO

A B S T RA C T

Article history: Received 10 April 2019 Received in revised form 02 July 2019 Accepted 04 July 2019 Available online 16 July 2019

A proper space planning influences efficient design and planning of public and private spaces. This paper analyses public and private space configuration in the Marina Barrage, Singapore. The aim of this study is to identify the level of permeability and wayfinding in the case study. The study applies space syntax analysis illustrated in graphs on the degree of permeability and wayfinding with reference to the numbering system of a Likert scale. The analysis classifies the measurement into five levels of permeability of the Likert scale. This study concludes that the degree of permeability and wayfinding in Marina Barrage has a moderately clear distinction between public and private spaces. This positive circulation provides satisfactory accessibility level to the users leading to a deeper understanding of public space and private space configurations of the Marina Barrage.

Keywords: Space syntax elements; architectural, Urban sprawl, Spatial configuration; Measurable scale graph; Space permeability.

© 2019 INT TRANS J ENG MANAG SCI TECH.

1. INTRODUCTION In the planning of successful spatial development, public space and private space configuration must be designed accordingly. This study will focus on public space and private space configuration in Integrated Multifunctional Reservoir. Public spaces and private spaces differ in several ways.

Georgiou (2006) identified that space and its elements should be able to improve or reduce privacy according to the customised need of its occupants. Spaces should be categorised not only depending on their degree of privacy but must take consideration of their capacity to regulate privacy. Studies by Hilier (1993) found that spatial configuration affects spatial behaviour and human navigability patterns.

As an introduction to the case study, Marina Barrage is a unique 3 in 1 project in Singapore.

Various key features in Marina Barrage as stated in figure 1. The barrage is designed for flood control *Corresponding author (A.Sanusi Hassan). E-mail: sanusi@usm.my ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering,

Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A09J http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09J.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.117

1

and providing needs for water supply and recreational activities for Singapore. Marina Barrage comprises four separate buildings. This study focuses on wayfinding in a complex public building.

This study is carried out by doing the graphs of level permeability and wayfinding using the numbering system. In aiding to examine the level of permeability and wayfinding, space syntax theory is applied. For analysis, the layout of the case study is analysed using the degree of permeability and wayfinding. This paper may contribute to providing an approach for the distribution of private space and public space configuration in the Marina Barrage according to their level of privacy and the level of public space configuration.

Drainage & Pump room

Structural Green roof

Reservoir Gallery

Solar park

Figure 1: Key features of Marina Barrage.

2. LITERATURE REVIEW 2.1 BUILDING TYPOLOGY A study is conducted at Marina Barrage, Singapore to identify the public space and private space configuration. In a research by Wung (2009), Marina Barrage is a unique 3-in-1 project which will provide Singapore with three benefits, namely flood control, water supply and lifestyle attraction as shown in Figure 2.

Figure 2: (Left) Aerial view of Marina Barrage.

(Right): Aerial view of Marina Barrage taken from the green roof area.

(Source: https://www.pub.gov.sg/marinabarrage/aboutmarinabarrage)

2.2 DEFINITION OF SPACE SYNTAX According to Hillier (2001), space syntax method provides some tools that allow to penetrate the

2

Nasiha Yusoff, Ahmad Sanusi Hassan, Asif Ali, Boonsap Witchayangkoon

mechanics of architectural spaces and view these spaces as social formations presented in architectural formation. The author concluded that space syntax models the spatial configuration of spaces by using connectivity graph representation. Analysis of the spatial characteristics using space syntax methods provided a finding that’s spatial configuration and level of permeability and wayfinding are all related to one another.

Based on another study by Liu et al. (2018), defined that space syntax is a method to study the relationship between space, spatial structures, and human behaviour. To determine the access and visibility to a particular space, space syntax would provide the result to determine the social patterns of users by the description of spatial configuration (Bafna,2013 Wayfinding measured by how users experience and the ease of facilitating getting from spaces to spaces based on the research by Kevin Lynch (1960), where he defined wayfinding as "an organisation of definite sensory cues from the external environment. Wayfinding is not just signage; it comprises many factors combined which together form an environment for us to navigate through.

According to Gerald (1981), he found that plan configuration was the most influential factor for wayfinding strategy, followed by spatial landmark, spatial differentiation and finally signage and room number. Wayfinding can be summarised into 5 points: 

Orientation



Locating information



Determining your path



Keeping the path



Accessor denial

However, permeability is defined as how the people inside the building to permit movement.

According to Kohl (2012), permeability also is described as the peoples’ opinion in satisfaction of the spaces based on the properties of the environment. In this study, permeability is defined as the level of accessibility of the space. The level of permeability is categorised to five which is a public area, semi-public area, private area and extremely private. Integration is the index for space centrality. It is also sometimes regarded as the index of accessibility. If its value is high, space is located at the centre of the system. If the mean value system is high, it means that the system is firmly connected and integrated. Thus, the system accessibility is high. This research uses the most common integration value defined by Hilier and Hanson (1984).

2.3 CASE STUDY 2.3.1 MARINA BARRAGE, SINGAPORE Marina Barrage is located in the southern part of Singapore. The overall cost of the project is SGD$250 million. The architect for the project is Architect Team 3 Pte. Ltd. Marina Barrage is an ideal venue for various outdoor activities such as boating, windsurfing and water skiing. Nowadays, Marina Barrage becomes a distinctive landmark for Singapore and providing an iconic infrastructure for all visitors. To showcase if Singapore's achievements towards, environmentally sustainable development, Marina Barrage will presenting Singapore’s focal points.

*Corresponding author (A.Sanusi Hassan). E-mail: sanusi@usm.my ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering,

Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A09J http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09J.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.117

3

Figure 3: Site plan of Marina Barrage, Singapore.

(Source: Redrawn from https://www.pub.gov.sg/marinabarrage/aboutmarinabarrage) Table 2: Schedule of accommodation for the site plan and ground floor CODE OA OB OC C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 GRA CODE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

SITE PLAN: SPACE OF ACCOMMODATION Entrance A Entrance B Entrance C Corridor 1 Corridor 2 Corridor 3 Corridor 4 Corridor 5 Green roof ramp GROUND FLOOR: SPACE OF ACCOMMODATION Maintenance room 1 Maintenance room 2 Control room 1 Control room 2 Utility Gift shop 1 Gift shop 2 Public toilet Administration 1

CODE 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 CODE 19 20 21 22 S1A L2A S2A

GROUND FLOOR: SPACE OF ACCOMMODATION Vertical shaft 1 Vertical shaft 2 Vertical shaft 3 Vertical shaft 4 Vertical shaft 5 Vertical shaft 6 Vertical shaft 7 Pump room 1 Pump room 2 GROUND FLOOR: SPACE OF ACCOMMODATION Security control room Public lounge Information centre Ticket counter Staircase 1 Lift 2 Staircase 2

In Marina Barrage, it has four different buildings which are a courtyard and solar operation room (building 1), public and retail (building 2), visitor centre and gallery (building 3) and drainage and pumps room (building 4) as shown in Figure 3. There are three entrances into the building which is

4

Nasiha Yusoff, Ahmad Sanusi Hassan, Asif Ali, Boonsap Witchayangkoon

entrance A (0A), entrance B (0B) and entrance C (0C) (Table 1). Building 1 and 4 is only permeable by staff while building 2 and three is accessible by the public — corridor 1 act as transition space. In research done by Kray (2010) states that transitional spaces are a space that generally located between indoor and outdoor spaces. They might share specific properties of both indoor and outdoor spaces, or exhibit distinct characteristics.

Figure 4: Ground-floor plan of Marina Barrage, Singapore.

Table 3: Schedule of accommodation for the first-floor plan.

CODE 23 24 25 26 27 L1B S1B L2B S2B

FIRST FLOOR: SPACE OFACCOMODATION Gallery Archive 1 Archive 2 Utility 1 Admin 2 Lift 1B Staircase 1B Lift 2B Staircase 2B

The first floor of the Marina Barrage consists of the gallery for visitors (Figure 4). As illustrated in Table 3, the first floor is typically for visitors. There is also located two spaces for archives (space 24& 25) who is restricted only for staff. There is also other space for staff which is utility 1 (27).

Staircase1 (S1A), staircase 2 (S2A) and lift 2 (L2A) act as a linkage to the first floor (Figure 4). The gallery (23) on the first floor will allow visitors to learn more about how to create a liveable and sustainable Singapore. To access the gallery on the first floor, the visitor has to get the tickets from the ticket counter (22) located at level ground floor.

Figure 5 and Table 4, public spaces at the roof floor plan are commonly for the visitor to do the recreational activities. The roof level is connected by two vertical connectivity which is lifted 1C (L1C) and green roof ramp A (GRA). A large number of people is carrying out recreational activities on the Marina Barrage green roof area. Also, Marina Barrage enables the visitor to navigate the green roof area by cycling and walking. The solar park (28) featured the most extensive collection of solar panels in Singapore. The solar park(28) provides daytime electricity for gallery and offices in the Marina Barrage. *Corresponding author (A.Sanusi Hassan). E-mail: sanusi@usm.my Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering,

Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A09J http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09J.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.117

5

Figure 5: Second-floor plan of Marina Barrage, Singapore.

(Source: Redrawn from http://www.landdesign-one.com.sg/public)

Table 4: Schedule of accommodation for second-floor plan CODE 28 GA GB GC L1C

FIRST FLOOR: SPACE OF ACCOMMODATION Solar park Green roof A Green roof B Green roof C Lift landing 1C

3. METHODOLOGY The ideal way to achieve this wayfinding task is to incorporate spatial hierarchies through levelling in the numbering graph (Brandon.J, 2010). Hence, numbering graph has illustrated the level by levelling system. The method used for analysis is by labelling the floor plans for the case study.

The spaces on the floor plans are labelled in numbers and alphabets with numbers and associated with different colours. Measurable scale graph analysis using a numbering system is used to perform an architectural analysis of Marina Barrage spatial configuration.

Determining the level of permeability and level of wayfinding according to the user which is divided into staff and visitor will aid in the navigability. With the aid of the floor plan by levels will help to analyse the level of permeability and wayfinding of Marina Barrage. The measurable scale graph is measured based on five-category scale: (1) public; (2) semi-public; (3) semi-private; (4) private; (5) extremely private.From the result of the level of movement graph, level of permeability and wayfinding will be rated by using Likert-scale to classify the result based on the quality of spatial networking. Direct observation and behaviour is a more direct way of measuring wayfinding performance.

To facilitate the wayfinding and permeability, the Likert scale is the most widely used approach to scaling responses in survey research which is on a five-category scale which is: (1) public; (2)

6

Nasiha Yusoff, Ahmad Sanusi Hassan, Asif Ali, Boonsap Witchayangkoon

semi-public; (3) semi-private; (4) private; (5) extremely private. Analysing and interpreting data from the Likert scale will assist the wayfinding and permeability more efficiently.

When conducting this study, the Likert scale will measure the level of permeability and wayfinding according to the public spaces and private spaces in the Marina Barrage. The increasing of the number shows in the graph indicate the level of wayfinding and permeability of the space (Figure 7).

Figure 6: Measurable scale graph.

1

1

1

Public

2

3

4

5

6

7 Private

Figure 7: Levelling of the graph based on the wayfinding and permeability.

For this case study, there are three indicators to differentiate the type of user which is indicated by three different colours. Pink colour indicated space is restricted for staff, and brown colour indicates the vertical connectivity while blue colour indicates the space that is permeable by the visitor (Figure 6). This will aid in assessing the level of the permeability in the case study. Staircase and lift are indicated in brown colour. Staircase in the ground floor is indicated as S1A, S2A. As increasing by levels, the staircase at the first floor is labelled as staircase 2A (S2A) and staircase 2B(S2B). Entrances are classified as 0A, 0B and 0C which marks the first space to navigate.

However, transition spaces like corridor are described as (C) to lead a better understanding of how people navigate in general to various spaces in the Marina Barrage.). The degree of the connectivity is measured by the levelling of the numbering graph (Figure 6). As the levelling is increased from 1 to 11, the level of the permeability and wayfinding can be concluded.

To find the findings, assessment of wayfinding and permeability is measured by the increasing levelling of the graph. Solid lines on the justified graph indicate a physical connection (Figure 6). The more the spaces are indicated at the highest level, the greater the tendency of permeability and *Corresponding author (A.Sanusi Hassan). E-mail: sanusi@usm.my Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering,

Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A09J http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09J.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.117

7

wayfinding of the space. Revealed that permeability and wayfinding are determined by assessing the. As the connectivity increases, there is a highly permeable network in the areas. The result is obtained by identifying the scale of level of permeability and wayfinding of the numbering graph.

The numbering graph may result whether the wayfinding and permeability are positive or negative.

4. RESULT AND ANALYSIS 4.1 LEVEL OF PERMEABILITY & WAYFINDING

Figure 8: Overall measurable scale graph.

From this analysis, this research studied the level of permeability and wayfinding divided to respective floor plans which is site plan ground floor plan, first-floor plan, and second-floor plan.

Marina Barrage is a space with extensive connectivity and has many connections to other areas. In the site plan, there are three entrances have been connected to various areas. The study of the level of permeability and wayfinding are defined by the types of use of this building. The kind of users based on the following: 

Visitors



Staff

The overall floor plan is illustrated in the overall measurable graph (Figure 8). The Corridor 1(C1) merges with the building and connect and many spaces. Therefore, people can move through corridors and courtyards. Each building or open spaces relate to the courtyard (Figure 10). This type has high connectivity and a large selectively of routes. Each open space and connects to the water courtyards and people can choose various routes for moving. Thus, the path selectively is very high.

Multiple entries are directed into the building including entrance A (0A), entrance B (0B) and entrance (0C). Entrance A (0A) is accessible by the visitor who commutes by car because space is linked to the visitor car park (Figure 8). However, entrance B (OB) & entrance C (OC) is permeably accessible by a pedestrian. Corridor 2 (C2) is solely for staff access and determined as a private area.

The ground floor of the Marina Barrage accommodates drainage and pump room which is allocated for respective staff. Spaces 10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18 and 19 are permeable by the respective staff

8

Nasiha Yusoff, Ahmad Sanusi Hassan, Asif Ali, Boonsap Witchayangkoon

which is mechanical room for drainage pumps. Corridor 2 (C2) and corridor 3 (C3) are acting as transition space in the drainage and pump room.

Green roof ramp A (GRA) provides accessibility for the public to access the green roof area(GA, GB & GC). The ground floor level is connected to the first-floor level by two vertical connectivity which is staircase 1A (S1A) (Figure 12) and lifts 1A (L1A) is located at the centre and has high connectivity. The ground floor level is connected to the first-floor level by two vertical connectivity which are stair 1 (S1), stair 2 (S2) and lifts (L1) which are semi-public This will ease the user to navigate the space. The particular configuration in this space at this ground floor level allows the occupants to browse the areas easily. Based on the graph in Figure 9, the highest level of permeability for site plan at level 2, which is very low. Hence, it determines the accessibility and wayfinding extremely easy.

Figure 9: Measurable scale graph of site plan/ground floor plan.

At the upper level, there are only building four located on the first floor. Vertical access through the building is connected by a staircase and elevators. There are a total of two elevators which are elevator 1 (L1) and an elevator (L2). The first floor is accessible by two vertical connectivity which is lifted 1B (L1B), staircase 1B(S1B), lift 2B(L2B) and staircase 2B (S2B). The staircase 1B (S1B) and elevators (L1B) leads to the corridor (C6) and gallery (23). Staircase 2B(S2B) and elevator 2B (L2B) leads to corridor C6 and gallery area (23). Gallery (23) is connected by a corridor (C6) that act as transition space at the first-floor level.

Gallery (23) located at the upper level is only accessible by the visitor who purchased the entrance ticket from the ground floor. While space for respective staff which is archive 1 (24), archive 2 (25), utility(26) and admin 2 (27) is restricted for staff, this will limit the connectivity to the visitor(Figure10). Corridor (C6) acts as a transition space for the first-floor level. The graph in Figure 10 (left) showed the level of permeability that first floor is mostly semi-public where authorised people allow entering which are the visitor with the ticket. *Corresponding author (A.Sanusi Hassan). E-mail: sanusi@usm.my Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering,

Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A09J http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09J.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.117

9

Figure 10: (Left): Measurable scale graph of the first-floor plan.

(Right): Measurable scale graph of the second-floor plan.

The graph illustrates the connectivity of the space on the roof level (Figure 10, right). There are three spaces for green roof area which is labelled as space GA, GB and GC and solar park which is mainly designed for the use of the recreational place for the public. The green roof and solar park at the rooftop area permeably access by the public. Space GA, GB & GC (green roof area) and 26 (solar park ) are accessible by space GRB which is green roof helix ramp. A green roof is easy to navigate and easy to identify by the visitors and being connected by universal accessway which is helix ramp (GRA) Figure 11.

(a)

(b)

(c) (d) Figure 11: (a): Water courtyard at ground floor act as connecting spaces to various spaces. (b): Drainage and water pump at ground floor is restricted for staff. (c) Helix ramp providing access with the green roof area from the ground floor. (d): Green roof area act as public meeting spaces and permeable to the visitor.

(Source: https://www.pub.gov.sg/marinabarrage/aboutmarinabarrage)

10

Nasiha Yusoff, Ahmad Sanusi Hassan, Asif Ali, Boonsap Witchayangkoon

Figure 12: (Left) Sustainable galleries located on the first floor.

(Right): Staircase (S1A) connected the ground floor to the first floor. (Source: Darren Soh)

5. DISCUSSION From the analysis, it is proven that the accessibility and visibility properties of space layout are shaping the patterns of wayfinding behaviour. The basis of this analysis is space connectivity and the permeability of space. The wayfinding pattern of the Marina Barrage was evaluated by analysing its user accessibility. This study is focused on human wayfinding in a complex public building in Marina Barrage. Not all the spaces inside the building can be accessed. Certain spaces can only be accessed with the authorisation of the facility and the private spaces in the building.

At the site plans, the highest depth of spaces is at level 2 showing that the depth of the accessibility for the visitor is very low. Based on the graph, it justified, the degree of permeability and wayfinding at the site plan area is mostly public space and easily accessible. There are also several private spaces for service and maintenance purpose specifically at the building drainage and pump room (building 3) and solar and courtyard operation room (building 1).

While at the first-floor level, the highest depth of spaces is at level 7 indicating that the depth of the accessibility for the visitor is quite high. This will conclude that the area on the first floor is semi-public and moderately access by the specific visitor. The semi-private spaces like an archive (24&25) are located in the first- floor level which are strictly available for workers. (Figure 10, left).

At the roof level, the level of permeability and wayfinding is reached at level 5 which is determined the respective wayfinding, and permeability level is easily accessible (Figure 10, right).

Users are allowed to access the green roof area by accessing the green roof ramp (GRA). Elevator (L1C) also available on the roof floor to gain access from the first floor. Thus, this green roof area is highly permeable by public visitors — Marina Barrage fulfilling the recreational needs by providing public space at the roof level.

6. CONCLUSION Marina Barrage is a public building that brings an attractive lifestyle for all to enjoy. From the analysis, it can be concluded that the level of permeability and wayfinding of Marina Barrage is carefully though as the level of wayfinding is readable by people. Successful wayfinding systems in Marina Barrage layout plan provide the user with adequate wayfinding information. The floor layouts are designed in the way where the user can access all the public space. Hence, the wayfinding in Marina Barrage is more direct and straightforward for user navigation. This creates engagement *Corresponding author (A.Sanusi Hassan). E-mail: sanusi@usm.my Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering,

Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A09J http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09J.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.117

11

between the public and private space in Marina Barrage. There is a dynamic relationship between space and the environment to allow people to determine and facilitate the large-scale building like Marina Barrage. These findings contributed to my design thesis and led to a deeper understanding of public space and private space configurations that will be beneficial to others.

7. DATA AVAILABILITY STATEMENT The used or generated data and the result are presented in this study.

8. REFERENCES A Theory of the City as Object. (2001). Proceedings 3rd Space Syntax International Symposium Atlanta.

Andrade, A., Amorim, L. & Pont, B.M. (2018). Development of a Measure of Permeability between Private and Public Space.

Bafna, S. (2003). Space Syntax: A Brief Introduction to Its Logic and Analytical Techniques.

Brandon, J. (2010). Wayfinding in Architecture.

Hilier B. & Hanson J. (1984). The Social Logic of Space. Cambridge University Press.

Hillier, B. (1999). Space is the machine: A Configurational Theory of Architecture. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Kray. C. (2010). Transitional Spaces: Between Indoor and Outdoor Spaces.

Lynch, K. (1986). The Image of the City. Boston: MIT Press.

Mclane, Y. (2013). Spatial Contexts, Permeability, and Visibility in Relation to Learning Experiences in Contemporary Academic Architecture.

Mustafa. F.A., Hassan. A.S. & Baper. S.Y. (2010). Using Space Syntax Analysis in Detecting Privacy: A Comparative study of Traditional and Modern House Layouts in Erbil City, Iraq.

Verstraten, F. (2012). Wayfinding in complex multilevel buildings. A case study of University Utrecht Langevel building.

Wung, H. & Pei.L. (2009). Marina Barrage-A Unique 3-in 1 Project in Singapore.

Nasiha Yusoff is a student in Master of Architecture Program at the School of Housing, Building and Planning, Universiti Sains Malaysia (USM), Penang, Malaysia. Nasiha current interests involve applications of emerging technologies to sustainable architecture.

Professor Dr. Ahmad Sanusi Hassan is a Professor in Architecture Programme at the School of Housing, Building and Planning, Universiti Sains Malaysia (USM), Penang, Malaysia. He obtained a Bachelor and Master of Architecture degrees from University of Houston, Texas, USA, and Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) degree focusing on sustainable architecture and urban design development for Southeast Asia from University of Nottingham, UK. His researches encompass Urban Analysis and Design, Sustainable Wetlands Architecture, Computer Aided Design (CAD) and Computer Animation in Architecture.

Asif Ali is an Assistant Professor of Architecture in the University Polytechnic of Aligarh Muslim University, India. He received his B.Arch. from Aligarh Muslim University with Honors in 1998. He did his M. Arch.from Aayojan School of Architecture, Jaipur, India. Asif Ali's current interests include Sustainable Development and Islamic Architecture in India. Presently he is pursuing his PhD at School of Housing, Building and Planning, University of Science, Malaysia.

Dr.B. Witchayangkoon is an Associate Professor at Department of Civil Engineering, Thammasat University. He received his B.Eng. From the King Mongkut's University of Technology Thonburi with Honors in 1991. He continued his PhD study at the University of Maine, USA, where he obtained his PhD in Spatial Information Science & Engineering. Dr. Witchayangkoon current interests involve applications of emerging technologies to engineering.

Note: The original of this article was reviewed, accepted, and presented at the 4th International Conference-Workshop on Sustainable Architecture and Urban Design (ICWSAUD2019), a joint conference with 4th International Conference on Engineering, Innovation, and Technology, at Vistana Penang Bukit Jambul Hotel, Penang, Malaysia during 24-26 June 2019.

12

Nasiha Yusoff, Ahmad Sanusi Hassan, Asif Ali, Boonsap Witchayangkoon

©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies

International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies http://TuEngr.com

PAPER ID: 10A09K

AN INVESTIGATION ON THE CONSEQUENCES OF USING VIRTUAL SOCIAL NETWORKS IN PROMOTING THE SOCIAL CAPITAL a

Mohsen Zamani Pozveh , Faezeh Taghipour

a*

, Akbar Etebarian Khorasgani

a

a

Media Management Program, Department of Management, Faculty of Management, Isfahan (Khorasgan) Branch, Islamic Azad University, Isfahan, IRAN. b Department of Management, Faculty of Management, Isfahan (Khorasgan) Branch, Islamic Azad University, Isfahan, IRAN. ARTICLEINFO Article history: Received 10 April 2019 Received in revised form 02 July 2019 Accepted 04 July 2019 Available online 16 July 2019

Keywords: Social Networks, Social Media, Virtual Social Networks, Social Capital, Social Communications; Colaizzi's phenomenological method.

A B S T RA C T

This research investigated the consequences of using virtual social networks in promoting social capital. The research method was qualitative, type of phenomenology and the field of research included managers and experts in the field of media and communications, as well as the professors and social science experts. A purposive sampling method was used and the data were extracted using semi-structured interviews and analyzed by Colaizzi seven-step method. The results were collected until the theoretical saturation of the information. Findings indicated that the most important factors of social capital enhancement included the easy interaction and communication in cyberspace, increasing the coherence and participation by virtual social networks, social bonding in virtual social networks, interactive communication between people and government, and the power of virtual social networking. On the other hand, the most important barriers to social capital promotion included the gradual change in the norms and positive beliefs in cyberspace, social isolation, the publication of negative news in cyberspace, the expansion of individualism in cyberspace, weakening of the traditional social communication network, the promotion of disconfidence in social relations and weakening of ethics. The findings also indicated that virtual social networks have both positive and negative outcomes. The social capital can be promoted with the correct use of social capital strengthening factors and removing the barriers of social capital. © 2019 INT TRANS J ENG MANAG SCI TECH.

1. INTRODUCTION

In recent years, virtual social networks as a social phenomenon have focused on many intellectuals. These networks are a new generation of Internet websites that provide access to a new *Corresponding author (F.Taghipour). E-mail: faezeh.taghipour@gmail.com ©2019 International Transaction Journal of

Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A09K http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09K.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.118

1

form of communication and content sharing on the Internet, both virtual and non-existent.

In fact, "the new media is a distinct set of communication technologies and common features of digitalism and the wide access of citizens to it for personal use " (Mehdizadeh, 2013, p. 319).

In the meantime, the emergence of the phenomenon of using virtual messaging software has opened up new horizons in the field of human communication due to the diverse and attractive features and capabilities.

Ziaei Parvar (2009), has referred to some features of virtual networks, including sharing, mobilizing and organizing, friendship, confidence, audience circles, citation and generalization, multimedia, chat, cruel critique, following and follower, prestige, forwarding, collective wisdom, globalism, entertainment, democratic structure, social capital power, social mobility, initiative and creativity (Hakimi, 2011), which are very much considered in the study of social capital.

From the definitions and functions of social networks, it can be concluded that these new media can affect elements such as confidence, values, norms, group communications, and so on, that all of them are components of social capital.

However, according to the analysis of reports and polling conducted over the past two years, 52.18% of Iranian households have access to the Internet, and among every 100 Iranian men, 55 ones and out of every 100 Iranian women, 51ones have been members of social networks. In total, 53% of Iranians have been a member of at least one of the mobile social networks, which are increasing (Gholizadeh and Zamani, 2017). It shows that with increasing the penetration rate of the Internet and simultaneously increasing the number of users, the impact of the use of virtual social networks on users' lives is also increasing.

It should be acknowledged that virtual social networks, on one hand, promotes and reproduces social capital, with create and strengthen collective wisdom, continuous virtual communication, promote human and moral values, develop social partnership, increase confidence, intimacy and honesty, reduce physical distances, creativity in ideas and familiarity with various ideas, information facilitation, etc. and on the other hand, with creating distance from the real world, addiction to cyberspace and social networks, creating a generation gap, diminishing social values, change in lifestyle, compromising privacy, providing conditions for the virtual crimes, the easy access of young people and teenagers to brutalism, and etc. threatens the various social institutions, and in particular families, and weakens the components of social capital in society (Akbari, 2010; Solemanipour, 2010; Zanjanizadeh, 2005).

With studying the effects of social capital, "social confidence ", "social union " and "social participation" can be mentioned as the components of social capital (Putnam, 2001), which, of course, are mutually interrelated and how to use virtual social networks can also have an impact on it.

It can be said that social capital has elements and components that, if strengthened, can create the field of improvement and development in other sectors. Knowledge and information, values and norms, confidence, mutual relations, participation, responsibility, formal and informal networks, help and assistance, cooperation, religious beliefs, discipline, rational thinking, respect for each other, efficiency of government, feeling of security, adherence to the rule of law and regulations, kindness,

2

Mohsen Zamani Pozveh, Faezeh Taghipour, Akbar Etebarian Khorasgani

honesty, faith, law, peace, friendship, cooperation, an etc. are some of the elements that are considered as indicators of social capital. Meanwhile, confidence and participation are emphasized over other components (Jasbi, 2001: 125).

Accordingly, positive and negative outcomes from virtual social networks can be expected, and users may take advantages to reduce injuries and increase social capital by using a proper scientific model. Therefore, this work attempts to answer the question “What are the consequences of using virtual social networks in promoting social capital?”, by studying how users use virtual social networks based on the promotion of social capital.

2. THEORETICAL FUNDAMENTALS OF RESEARCH 2.1 VIRTUAL SOCIAL NETWORKS Being a new generation of web sites, virtual social networks, the users are gathered together in the virtual space on a common issue and form the online constituencies (Molaie, 2010).

In other words, the virtual social network is a collection of web-based services that allow individuals to connect with the other members on a network with their own public or private descriptions or, share their sources and search for new communications among the other general public descriptions (Soltanifar, 2010: 53).

In this regard, Macquail (2005) has identified and introduce the important dimensions and features of new media: 1) interactivity; 2) social presence; 3) media richness; 4) independence (autonomy); 5) playfulness; 6) privacy; and 7) personalization, and the four main categories of new media include the interpersonal communication media; interactive media; media and information search; identifying and communicating participatory media.

Earlier, Elihu Katz using the "use and satisfaction" theory suggested that the individuals use the media for very different purposes. The basic assumption, people are looking for content that provides the most satisfaction, the degree of satisfaction depends on the individual's needs. The more people feel that the actual content meet their needs, the more likely they select that content (Hamedi, 2012; Sorin and Tankard, 2002) According to this theory, the total needs and motives of the audience in using the media can be classified into four main categories: 1) awareness and supervision, 2) personal relationships, 3) personal identity, and 4) entertainment and avoidance of reality (Mehdizadeh, 2013).

Accordingly, the virtual social networks are not the exception to the features of the modern media. In fact, cyberspace social networks are created to boost the social interactions, and thorough information on people profiles i.e., user photos, personal interests and other information (which provide the information about the individual’s identity), facilitates the communication. Users can see the profiles of others and communicate with each other through various applications such as email and chat (Pempek et al., 2009).

Here, the theory of "propagation of innovations" can be mentioned to explain the widespread use of virtual social networks. This theory examines the propagation of the social process of innovation *Corresponding author (F.Taghipour). E-mail: faezeh.taghipour@gmail.com ©2019 International Transaction Journal of

Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A09K http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09K.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.118

3

including new ideas and methods of using the means, and how to reach them, and how they are expanded into a social system. Rogers (1995) defined innovation as an idea, an act, a goal, a means, or an adaptation to a variable situation that a person assumes as new. From his point of view, propagation is a particular kind of relationship that extends innovation. Rogers considered the process of promoting innovation in five steps: 1) awareness, 2) stimulation, 3) decision-making, 4) implementation, 5) consolidation, (Rogers, 1995, and 1997).

Drahošováa and Balco (2017), studied the benefits and disadvantages of using social media in the European Union, the most commonly used Web 2 platform in the EU are system wikis, video sharing websites, search engines and social sites. The three most commonly used social media sites in the EU are Facebook, Google Plus and Instagram. On the other hand, the goals of using web platform 2 are, respectively, contacting friends, receiving information, selling products, online marketing, monitoring messages, and searching for new friends. The benefits of social media, respectively, are the exchange of information and communication, information sharing, education, teamwork and work from home and services, as well as disadvantages of social media are the internet addiction, insecurity, excessive information, and the loss of social communication (Drahošováa and Balco, 2017).

2.2 SOCIAL CAPITAL Social capital is one of the concepts first introduced by Hanifan L. J. in entering the field of social sciences and was highlighted by Putnam R. (Jamshidiha, 2004: 67).

Hanni Fan's (1916) believes that there is a close relationship between social capital and the social connection, and social capital lies within the social connection.

The foundation of social capital is based on the value of the relationship between individuals and groups. In a general sense, social capital is the wealth and hidden assets that exist in the social connection between the activists of society and resulted from the quality of the relationships and their interactions, and it causes the relationships between individuals to be transformed in a manner that facilitates the action. (Baghini, 2008: 9).

With studying the effects of social capital produced, the "social confidence", "social union" and "social participation" can be named as the components of social capital, which are mutually interrelated (Putnam, 2001).

Putnam (1993) believes that all social features of institutions and organizations, such as confidence, norms, and social networks, are called social capital. Putnam brings the main axis of this discussion to the values of the social network, which people tend to emerge them in social relationships and engage in their own communications. According to Putnam, social capital is defined as a cultural phenomenon that includes the level of the civic mentality of members of the community, the existence of social norms that promote collective action and the degree of confidence in public institutions.

Contrary to Putnam's definition, social capital in the definition of Bourdieu's (1983) petition refers to the investment of individuals in social networks. In this definition, social capital is a private commodity that can be transformed into cultural capital, real wealth, or "symbolic capital", which

4

Mohsen Zamani Pozveh, Faezeh Taghipour, Akbar Etebarian Khorasgani

represents social status. Therefore, the extent to which a person benefits from social capital determines a very important part of his power in society (Jamshidiha, 2004: 66).

In a division, five types of social capital including 1. bonding social capital, 2. bridging social capital 3. synergy social capital, 4. limited social capital, 5. connection social capital, which can be used to identify resources and analyze them (Baghini, 2008: 47).

In fact, social capital has elements and components that, if strengthened, can create the ground for improvement and development in the other sectors. Knowledge and information, values and norms, confidence, mutual relations, partnership, responsibility, formal and informal networks, help and cooperation, cooperation, religious beliefs, orderliness, rational thinking, respect for each other, sense of security, adherence to law and regulations, altruism, honesty, devotion, peace and friendship, cooperation, and etc. are some elements that are considered as the indicators of social capital.

Meanwhile, confidence and participation are emphasized over the other components (Jasbi, 2001: 125).

Here, it should be noted that the concept of social capital has two general dimensions: "cognitive" and "structural", whose cognitive dimension refers to interactions of members and public confidence, including beliefs, attitudes, norms and common values among the members of a group, from which the social mental asset is also referred to. The structural dimension of social capital also includes the pattern of communication among the members of group and the composition of their organization such as network degrees, the density and degree of homogeneity of the group or group members, the social communication method, cohesion and social solidarity, social participation and networks, unofficial institutions and connections which have been introduced as the factors behind the social capital (Faghihi and Feizi, 2005; Tavakoli et al., 2014).

However, with little contemplation in today's society, we find that virtual social networks affect different aspects of social capital. In this regard, the previous researches have shown that social networks, cyberspace, and the internet have affected the components of social capital, and the use of these networks increases or decreases all or some of the components of social capital. Previous researches have shown that there is a positive, direct, and significant relationship between the use of virtual social networks and the internet with confidence, participation and cooperation, civil participation in the real world and participation in elections, and in general, with social capital (Khodayari et al., 2014; Mortazavi et al., 2014; Kermani and Pakdaman, 2016; Ghazi et al., 2016; Vosoughi and Khalil 2014; Panahi, 2015).

In this regard, Mirfardi and Valinejad (2015) also reported an inverse relationship between the increase of membership history and the level of social capital, so that the history of membership in social networks (independent variable) has reverse and significant effect on the social capital (dependent variable).

3. LITERATURE REVIEW Mortazavi et al. (2014), in his research entitled "The Effect of Virtual Social Networks on Social Capital of Students, Case Study: University Students of Science and Research", selected 172 students *Corresponding author (F.Taghipour). E-mail: faezeh.taghipour@gmail.com Š2019 International Transaction Journal of

Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A09K http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09K.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.118

5

of Faculty of Management and Economics by random sampling method. The results showed that the effect of the virtual network on the components of social capital (participation, confidence, and co-operation) of students was less than average. The main hypothesis test also showed that electronic social networks had a relatively strong impact on the components of social capital, such as participation, cooperation, and confidence.

Mirfardi and Valinejad (2015) studied, using the survey method based on the Lane formula, selected 400 ones with the random sampling method and studied using a researcher-made combination questionnaire. The results showed that the membership history variable in social networks (independent variable) had reverse and significant effect on social capital (dependent variable) and, with increasing membership history, the level of social capital was reduced and vice versa. Also, the results showed that the status and type of use of social networks had no effect on the social capital of students.

Ogagh and Mousavi (2016) studied with the linguistic analysis method among 10,000 users from 20 telegram groups entitled “Art, Science, and Sports�. They concluded that the presence of target-oriented activities is evident in these groups and the social network of a telegram, while providing an opportunity for the presence and formation of the group, but the following relationship is much observed in these groups, rather than the interactive relationship. The representation of users in telegram groups is often done through the approval and acceptance of messages. Also, the results indicate that the support norm in these groups has come up with a new concept that people use for positive-face performance, expansion of positive communication, and targeted impact management.

Shaverdi (2017) studied social capital in real and cyber social networks of girl students in Tehran Universities, The results showed that the average of all components of social capital was in the interest of the social capital of the real society.

Taleshi et al. (2017) found that there was a significant relationship between attracting attention to the animations and television commercials of the telegram and participating in the elections. There was a significant relationship between the functions of the telegram software (network availability, availability, and high speed) and the dissemination of advertising messages by-election candidates.

There was a significant relationship between the charm of slogans and the advertising of candidates in the telegram and participation in elections. There was a significant relationship between the use of symbols and signs in the advertisement of candidates and parties in the telegram and participation in elections, and there was a significant relationship between trust in advertising in the telegram and participation in elections.

Counts (2007), in qualitative and phenomenological research, entitled "A Mobile-Based Messaging Group Supporting the Social Orientation of Leisure Time", tested four groups of 6 to 8 participants using the mobile messaging systems and showed that there was a significant increase in sending the group fun messages, as well as in the quality of mobile social communications when sending group messages to person-to-person messages.

Zillien et al. (2009), using a quantitative survey method and a questionnaire tool, examined how users used the online activities and in what field they use them, showed that people with high and low status use the internet in different ways and for different purposes. The results showed that different

6

Mohsen Zamani Pozveh, Faezeh Taghipour, Akbar Etebarian Khorasgani

uses of the internet depend on the social and economic background of users, and users with higher status were more likely to use the internet in their capital activities.

In research by Venkatanathan (2012), it is concluded that in the field of social capital, introverted people use social networks more than extrovert people. The study also compared the men and women surveyed in general and indicated that social capital among women is more than men.

Grosseck et al. (2011), using a descriptive-survey method, studied on how students perceived the use of social networking Facebook and concluded that the most students spend considerable time on Facebook for social purposes, such as contact with friends and family, sharing pictures and participating in social activities, etc.

Manago et al. (2012) showed that Facebook has expanded the comprehensive social networks for people through telecommunications, and increases the number of relationships with close people and strangers. The results showed that the students who had more members on Facebook, especially those connected with their old high school friends on the network, considered Facebook as a useful tool in social interaction.

Zemmels & Khey (2014) compared the students' attitudes toward privacy and trust in sharing digital images and video through internet-based media, in three forms of Facebook, social networks, and mobile, and also showed that trusting the recipient of images sent over mobile phones was significantly more than the other media.

O’ Brolchaim et al. (2015) found that the convergence of virtual reality in social networks has brought ethics problems such as privacy threat and the threat of audience freedom.

Drahošováa and Balco (2017) found that the greatest benefit of using social media is the exchange of information and communication. This was considered as the greatest advantage by 97.7% of participants studying in EU member states.

Ke Xue et al. (2018), studied the new media affected on user characteristics, concluded that the use of new media has a significant positive impact on extrovert, openness and consensus through belonging sense and has a negative impact on emotional stability and conscientiousness through self-regulation. The relationship between the use of new media and a sense of belonging, shown that this relationship is more for women than men.

4. RESEARCH QUESTION Main Question o

What are the consequences of using virtual social networks in promoting social capital?

o

Sub-Questions

o

What are the positive consequences of using virtual social networks in promoting social capital?

o

What are the negative consequences of using virtual social networks in promoting social capital?

*Corresponding author (F.Taghipour). E-mail: faezeh.taghipour@gmail.com ©2019 International Transaction Journal of

Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A09K http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09K.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.118

7

5. METHOD OF RESEARCH In this research, the qualitative method of "phenomenology" is used. Phenomenology is an essential element of experience in everyday life of people. Therefore, the experience is the central focus of phenomenology (Iman, 2012).

In this research, library and field methods were used to collect the data. The library method was used to collect data about the history of internal and external studies. In the field method, the researcher collected data with conducting deep semi-structured interviews to achieve theoretical saturation.

The research domain of this research includes managers and experts in the field of media and communication as well as professors and experts in social sciences. In this field, eighteen participants were selected using a purposive sampling method of a theoretical type.

6. DATA ANALYSIS The analysis of the findings of this section was carried out using the seven-step Colaizzi Method as follows: At first, the descriptions of all the participants were red and recorded exactly in order to be felt with them. Secondly, each of the protocols was referred to and important phrases were extracted, in which 183 important sentences were extracted.

Third, the meaning or concept of any important phrase, which is referred to as the concepts defined, has been obtained by the researcher, in which 231 concepts were obtained in this field that among them, 61 concepts related to the subject matter of the research were obtained. Fourth, the regulated concepts were organized within the subject categories. Fifth, the findings were integrated into a comprehensive description of the phenomenon and was arranged in the form of 27 main concepts or themes. Sixth, a comprehensive description of the phenomenon under investigation was presented in the form of a clear statement, and was stated in two fields of positive consequences, or "factors enhancing social capital", and negative consequences or "obstacles to the promotion of social capital". In the final stage, the results were returned to the participants and questions were asked about the findings.

After that, validity and reliability of the articles were confirmed, so that the findings were indicated to participants and their views were taken and applied for validation using member control technique, by providing data analysis and its results to the participants in order to know and use their reactions in the reports of the writings. In addition, in order to confirm the reliability of the findings, the researcher showed the concepts extracted to some of the researchers and professors of the field as a guidance committee and ensured their consensus in the objective and scientific evaluation of findings.

7. FINDING This research was done with the aim of investigating the consequences of using virtual social networks in promoting the social capital; summarizing the most important findings of this research in the form of "social capital enhancement factors" and "barriers to promoting social capital", are presented respectively in Tables 1 and 2.

8

Mohsen Zamani Pozveh, Faezeh Taghipour, Akbar Etebarian Khorasgani

Table 1: The Positive Consequences of Using Virtual Social Networks to Promote the Social Capital Social capital enhancement factors Easy interaction and communication in cyberspace Increasing the coherence and participation by virtual social networks Solidify and create social communication in the virtual social networks Establishing an interactive relationship between people and governance The power of streaming the virtual social networks The appearance of the individual’s real self and the realities of the community in cyberspace Meet the individual needs in cyberspace Getting quick feedback from society about government decisions Increasing political participation in society by cyberspace The consolidation of the family institution Strengthening intra-group values Avoiding social isolation in cyberspace The role of cyberspace in individuals’ socialization

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

Table 2: The Negative Consequences of Using Virtual Social Networks to Promote the Social Capital 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

Barriers to promoting social capital Providing massive unauthenticated information in cyberspace The gradual change of the norms and positive beliefs in cyberspace Creating social isolation Publishing negative news in cyberspace The expansion of individualism in cyberspace The inverted reality in cyberspace Paying attention to the rights and neglect of the assignment in cyberspace Weakening traditional social communications network The weakening of traditional social capital by virtual social networks Promote distrust in social relationships Weakening of ethics Modeling Western lifestyles in the face of cyberspace The threat of native traditions and customs Promotion of non-native cyberspace literature in the real world of society

8. CONCLUSION Findings showed that the most important factors of social capital enhancement include easy interaction and communication in cyberspace, increasing the coherence and participation by virtual social networks, solidarity and social bonding in virtual social networks, interactive communication between people and governance, the power of streaming the virtual social networks, The appearance of the individual’s real self and the realities of the community in cyberspace, meet the individual needs in cyberspace, getting quick feedback from society about the government decisions, increasing political participation in society by cyberspace, the consolidation of the family institution, the strengthening of values inside the group, avoiding social isolation in cyberspace, and the role of cyberspace in individuals’ socialization.

On the other hand, the most important obstacles to social capital promotion include the massive supply of unwanted information in cyberspace, the gradual change of the norms and positive beliefs in cyberspace, the creation of social isolation, the publication of negative news in cyberspace, the development of individualism in cyberspace, the reversal of reality in cyberspace, paying attention to rights and neglecting the duties in cyberspace, undermining the traditional social communication *Corresponding author (F.Taghipour). E-mail: faezeh.taghipour@gmail.com ©2019 International Transaction Journal of

Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A09K http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09K.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.118

9

network, undermining traditional social capital by virtual social networks, promoting distrust in social relationships, the weakening of ethics, the modeling of western lifestyles in the face of cyberspace, the threat of indigenous traditions and customs, and the promotion of non-native cyberspace literature in the society.

The findings also showed that virtual social networks have both positive and negative outcomes.

It can be taken steps to promote social capital in society with virtual social networks through the true use of social capital enhancement factors and avoiding social capital barriers.

9. DATA AVAILABILITY STATEMENT

The used or generated data and the result are presented in this study.

10. REFERENCES Akbari F. (2010), Mobile: Social Pathology, Hosun Magazine. No. 23 P. 112-120 Visible at: www.noormags.ir/view/fa/articlepage/929326 Bourdieu, P. (1983), Okonomisches Kapital, Kulturelles Kapital, Soziales Kapital. In Soziale Ungleichheiten (Soziale Welt, Sonderheft 2). R. Kreckel (Eds). Goettingen, Otto Schartz & Co.: 183-198.

Counts, S. (2007), Group-Based Mobile Messaging in Support of the Social Side of Leisure. Computer Supported Cooperative Work (CSCW) April 2007, 16(1-2), 75-97.

Drahošová, M., & Balco, P. (2017). The analysis of advantages and disadvantages of use of social media in European Union. Procedia Computer Science, 109, 1005-1009. Faghihi, A. Feyzi T. (2005), "Social Capital in the Organization". Quarterly Journal of Peyk Nour, 11-21.

Gholizadeh A. Zamani A. (2017), Qualitative Study of the Challenges of Mobile Social Networking in the Life of Users, Journal of Media, 28(106), 103-120.

Grosseck, Gabriela, Ramona, Bran, Laurentiu, Tiru. 2011. Dear teacher, what should I write on my wall?A case study on academic uses of Facebook, Procedia Social and Behavioral Sciences 15, 1425-1430 Hakimi R. (2011), The Role of Social Networks On Identity (A Case Study On Facebook and Kurdish Users). World Media Magazine. No. 11.

Hamedi M. (2012), Socio-Cultural Factors Related to Media Literacy of Students (Case Study: Azad University Students in East Tehran Branch). Journal of Media Studies. 19, 65-78.

Hanifan, L.J. (1916), “The rural school community center”. Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science, 67, New Possibilities in Education (Sep 1916):130-138.

Iman M. T. (2012). Methodology of Qualitative Research. First Edition, Department of Higher Education and Research, p248.

Jamshidiha G. R. (2004), The Emergence of Sociological Theories. Tehran, Tehran University Press Jasbi A. 2001, Issues of Islamic Management. Second Edition, Tehran, Scientific Publications of Islamic Azad University.

Kermani H. Pakdaman Y. (2016), Study The Relationship Between the Social Capital of Iranian Users On Facebook and Their Civic Participation in the Real World. Journal of Communication Research.

Vol. 23(87), Pages 9-35

10

Mohsen Zamani Pozveh, Faezeh Taghipour, Akbar Etebarian Khorasgani

Khodayari G. Daneshvar Hosseini F. Saeedi H. (2014), The Extent and Type of Use of Virtual Social Networks (Case Study: Students at Mashhad Azad University). Quarterly Journal of Communication Research. 21(77), 167-192.

Manago, A. M., Taylor, T., & Greenfield, P. M. (2012). Me and my 400 friends: The anatomy of college students' Facebook networks, their communication patterns, and well-being. Developmental Psychology, 48(2), 369.

Mehdizadeh M. (2013), Media Theories of Common Thoughts and Critical Views, Third Edition, Tehran, Hammshahri Publication.

Mehdizadeh Taleshi S. M. Khalediyan A. Ferdousi M. (2017), The Telegram Social Software in the Twelfth Presidential Elections from the Voter's Perspective. New Media Studies Quarterly. Vol. 3, Issue 10, Pages 9-42.

Mirfardi A. Valinejad A. (2015), Evaluation of the relationship between the use of social networking and social capital of students (Case study: Yasouj University Students). World Media Magazine No. 20, Pages 236-250.

Molaie K. (2010), Virtual Social Networks, Soft War Site. Www.Psyop.Ir Mortazavi Oskouie S. B. Akbari M. S. Bourghani Farahani S. (2014), The Effect of Virtual Social Networks on Social Capital of Students Case Study of University Students of Science and Research. Cultural Management Press. Vol. 8, No. 25, Pages 79 – 92.

O’ Brolchaim F., Jacquemard T, monaghan D., Connor N.O., Novitzky P. & Gordijn B.2015. The Convergence of Virtual Reality and Social Networks: Threats to Privacy and Autonomy, ISSN: 1353 -3452 (print) 1471-5546(online( Ogagh S. Z. Mirzaei Mousavi S. R. (2016), Analysis of Communication Actions and Impact Management in Telegram Groups. New Media Studies Quarterly. Vol. 2, Issue 5, 75-100.

Panahi M. H. Panahi H. (2015), Study of The Dimension and Relationship of Information and Communication Technologies with Social Capital. New Media Studies Quarterly. Vol1, Issue 3, Pages 1-42.

Pempek T, Yermolayeva Y & Calvert S. 2009. College students social networking experiences on Facebook. Journal of Applied Developmental Psychology, 30 (3 ( Putnam, R. 1993. Making Democracy Work: Civic Traditions in Modern Italy. Princeton: Princeton University Press.

Putnam, R. 2001. Bowling Alone: The Collapse and Revival of American Community. New York: Touchstone Books by Simon & Schuste.

Rahbar Ghazi M. R. Masoudnia H. Sadeghi Naghdali Z. Poureh A. H. (2016), The role of virtual social networks in the desire for electoral participation and political orientation (Case study: Students of Isfahan University Universities). Quarterly Journal of Communication Research. Vol. 23, No. 86, Pages 125-145.

Rogers, E .1995. The Diffusion of Innovations. New York: The Free Press.

Rogers, E .1997. Diffution of Innovations theory. Viewed December 2011. Available at: http://nnlm.gov/pnr/eval/rogers.html. (accessed 8 feb.2011( .

Shaverdi, T. (2017), Social Capital in Real and Virtual Social Networks (Case Study: Students' Girls in Tehran Universities), Journal of Social Development, Vol. 11, No. 3, Successive Number 43, Pages 67-96

*Corresponding author (F.Taghipour). E-mail: faezeh.taghipour@gmail.com ©2019 International Transaction Journal of

Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A09K http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09K.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.118

11

Soltanifar M. (2010), Modern Public Diplomacy and Public Relations Electronics. Tehran, Simayeshargh Publication.

Tavakoli A. Azizpour Lindi A. Rezaie A. Mirzaie A. (2014), Investigating the Effect of Social Capital on Intellectual Capital Components (Case Study: General Office of Tax Affairs of Qom Province).

Quarterly Journal of Social Capital Management, Vol 1, Issue 2, pages 265-287.

Venkatanathan, J., Evangelos, K. (2012). “Network, Personality and social capital”, Proceedings of the 4th Annual ACM Web Science Conference, Pages 326-329.

Vosoughi M. Rahmani Khalili A. (2014), The Relationship of Mass Media and Social Capital in Tehran Metropolis. Quarterly Journal of Communication Culture Studies. Vol. 15, No. 26, Successive No. 58, Pages 209-233.

Xue, K. ChangZheng & MingYang Yu. 2018. International Journal of Methodology March 2018, Volume 52, Issue 2, pp 739–758 Zanjanizadeh H. Javadi A. M. (2005), The Effect of Internet on Family Values among High School Students in District 3 of Mashhad in 82-83. Journal of Sociology of Iran, Social Sciences, No. 22 Zemmels, D.R & Khey D N.2014. Sharing of Digital Visual Media: Privacy Concerns and Trust Among young people. American Journal of Criminal Justice May 2014 (online), link: http://Link.springer.com/article.10.1007/s12103-014-92-45-7 Zillien, N. & Hargittai E .2009. Digital distinction: status-specific Internet uses. Social Science Quarterly 90(2): 274–291 Mohsen Zamani Pozveh is a PhD Student of Media Management, Department of Management, Isfahan (Khorasgan) Branch, Islamic Azad University, Isfahan, Iran. His research interests include Management, Social Culture, Media, Social Networks, Social Capital.

Dr.Faezeh Taghipour is an Assistant Professor Department of Management, Faculty of Management, Isfahan(Khorasgan) Branch, Islamic Azad University, Isfahan, Iran. She earned a PhD in Social Communication Sciences (media). Her research interests are Development journalism, Social networks journalism, Scientific journalism, the Cultural Effects of Social Networks on Human and Social Communication, Critical Studies in Communications.

Dr.Akbar Etebarian Khorasgani is an Assistant Professor, Department of Management, Faculty of Management, Isfahan (Khorasgan) Branch, Islamic Azad University, Isfahan, Iran. He got his PhD in Management of Organizational Behavior. His research interests are Management, Organizational Culture, Social Culture, Organizational Behavior, Organizational Reform.

12

Mohsen Zamani Pozveh, Faezeh Taghipour, Akbar Etebarian Khorasgani

©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies

International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies http://TuEngr.com

PAPER ID: 10A09L

EFFECTIVE FACTORS ON DEBT TO EQUITY RATIO OF SHAREOWNERS IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE OF THE ACCEPTED CORPORATIONS IN TEHRAN STOCK EXCHANGE Bahareh Feizsohrabi a, Babak Jamshidinavid a* a

Department of Accounting, Kermanshah Branch, Islamic Azad University, Kermanshah, IRAN

ARTICLEINFO

A B S T RA C T

Article history: Received 11 March 2019 Received in revised form 02 July 2019 Accepted 08 July 2019 Available online 16 July 2019

Capital Structure of a corporation will indicate the relationship between financial leverage and equity of shareowners. Financial leverage will make limitations for managers while capital increases flexibility and making decision ability. Mainly, using financial leverage in financial structure will cause investors` expected returns increase but this function can corporation risk, too. So, using financial leverage is like a double-edged sword (mutual relationship) that can increase or decrease corporation value. This research aims to investigate the effective factors on debt to equity (D/E) ratio of shareowners in the capital structure of the accepted corporations in Tehran Stock Exchange. This research is comparatively based on its performance logic and research time is sectional and its performance method is descriptive-measuring and post-eventual. Research statistic population includes all the accepted corporations in Tehran Stock Exchange with a sample of 142 corporations chosen by systematic deletion. Research finding indicates that corporation growth opportunity, profitability, corporation size, and corporation age have positive meaningful effects on D/E ratio of shareowners. However, obvious properties, liquidity, and tangible asset have negative meaningful effects on D/E ratio of shareowners. It is suggested that research studied corporations will decrease D/E ratio of shareowners by an increase of usual stock sale. © 2019 INT TRANS J ENG MANAG SCI TECH.

Keywords: Corporation size; Corporation age; Profitability; D/E ratio; Growth opportunity; Liquidity.

1. INTRODUCTION The capital structure of a corporation indicates the relationship between financial leverage and shareowners` rights. Financial leverage will limit managers while capital increases flexibility and making decision ability. Financial leverage use in the capital market will cause an increase of expected return of investors but this function can corporation risk, too. So, using financial leverage is *Corresponding author (Babak Jamshidinavid). E-mail: jamshidinavid1@iauksh.ac.ir ©2019 International Transaction Journal

of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A09L http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09L.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.119

1

like a double-edged sword (mutual relationship) that can increase or decrease corporation value, (Parakash & Gasef, 2002). Free cash flows are the criterions to measure commercial unit operation and represent the amount of cash flow that a corporation owns after calculating necessary expenses to reserve or develop properties. Free cash flows can have important applications for investors to evaluate the financial health of the commercial unit, (Maham & Heydari. 2015). Moreover, managers can invest in plans with positive pure now value by use of incomes of their own sources and this act can increase corporation value, (Mehrani & Bagheri, 2008). One of the important factors in the investment process in the determination of corporation value. Value of each corporation can be determined by attention to its stock value, so investor determines its priority based on the corporation value. Financial decisions (capital structure) is one of the effective factors on corporation stock value.

In recent years, the importance and effectiveness of financial decisions have been the main subjects in university researches. Investigating the historical process of each country internal impure production has indicated as criteria on that country economic activity level and this variable has had on fluctuated long term process during years. The fluctuations are called commercial cycles in economic literature.

Commercial cycles show that economic is endangered by boom and depression which removes it from long term process. While economic politic is dependent on economic boom and depression situations and politic which is necessary during the depression (boom) is not necessarily suitable for boom (depression) time, so politician should be aware of now and future situations of commercial cycles, (Masjed Mosavi et al., 2011; Khajehvandi et al., 2018).

Debt to equity ratio of shareowner is one of the financial ratios and is a measuring criterion of financial leverage. This ratio is attained by the division of total liabilities of the corporation over the equity of shareholders that indicates a corporation to secure its financial properties what percent of the equity of shareowners and liabilities use. High ratio of liability to equity of shareowners can cause additional interest payment and can cause liability ratio increase to shareowners` rights and corporation should potentially produce more income than the time of external financial securement. If a corporation income increases considerably than liability expense (interest expense), investors may benefit more than before with their investments in the corporation, (Ahmadi, 2007).

Capital structure subject points to a situational mixture of corporation securement sources such as; short term liabilities, bonds, long term liabilities, excellent share and usual share. Some corporations shouldn`t consider any predetermined programs for capital structure and they only operate to change of corporation their sources by capital structure by financial decisions of financial management without any clarified planning, (Namzi & Shirzadeh, 2004). These corporations may be successful in the short term but finally, they will be encountered by problems in the securement of their financial sources for their activities. These corporations can`t benefit from optimized use of.

Finally, this reality should be considered that a corporation should plan its capital in a way that it can maximize the beneficiary amount of its cash and adapts its situation easily with a change of situations, (Salimi, 2013). Financial managers should plan an optimized capital structure based on theoretical concepts. Optimized capital structure happens when the market value of each share has been maximized. To determine the considerable capital structure, use of interest of each share, financial break-event point as measuring acceptable methods of financial degree, indifferent point of risk and return are necessary. Determination of optimized capital structure is a difficult duty in real situations and its inclusive will be more than theoretical discussions, (Bagherzadeh, 2012).

2

Fahimeh Nazari, Babak Jamshidinavid

There are considerable differences between the capital structures of active corporations in different industries. Because of several effective factors on relative decisions to the capital structure of a corporation, before justices by individual who sets capital structure has an important role. While justifications of decision-makers about the importance of effective different factors on capital structure are different, then the capital structure of two similar corporations can be different. These effective factors can be psychological, complex and qualify while capital markets are not complete and a decision made may be faced with insufficient knowledge and hazard, so it will not always follow an accepted theory. Totally, corporations are interested in securing all financial sources of investment with the lowest expense, (Namazi & Shirzadeh, 2004). So, the research aim is investigating the effective factors on liability ratio to shareowners` rights in the capital structure of the accepted corporations in Tehran Stock Exchange.

2. RESEARCH HYPOTHESES First Hypothesis: corporation growth has a positive meaningful effect on debt to equity ratio of shareowners Second Hypothesis: tangible asset has a positive meaningful effect on debt to equity ratio of shareowners Third Hypothesis: profitability has a positive meaningful effect on debt to equity ratio of shareowners Fourth Hypothesis: liquidity has a positive meaningful effect on debt to equity ratio of shareowners Fifth Hypothesis: corporation size has a positive meaningful effect on debt to equity ratio of shareowners Sixth Hypothesis: corporation age has a positive meaningful effect on debt to equity ratio of shareowners Growth opportunity

Tangible asset

Profitability

Debt to equity ratio of shareowners

Capital structure

Liquidity

Corporation size Corporation age

Figure 1: Research conceptual model (after Anor & Chin, 2016)

3. DEFINITIONS OF VARIABLES Growth Opportunity: abilities of corporations in clarifying potential financial sources (both internal and external) for investment and supplying suitable financial plans (Araghi et al., 2010).

Tangible asset: this variable is measured by clerical value over all properties.(Sarlak et.al. 2018).

Profitability: profitability points to corporation ability in attaining income and interest. Income or pure interest is the only criteria of profitability measurement. Investors and creditors are interested *Corresponding author (Babak Jamshidinavid). E-mail: jamshidinavid1@iauksh.ac.ir Š2019 International Transaction Journal

of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A09L http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09L.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.119

3

in the flow and future profitability evaluation of a corporation. Corporations for the absorption of their requirement capital are enforced to access sufficient interest to secure suitable return for investors and creditors, (Jafari, 2016).

Liquidity: it is the amount of cash that a corporation needs for its future payments and it is called cash flow and bank, (Denis & Sibelko, 2010).

Corporation Size: total Rial value of all published stocks of a corporation in the stock exchange, (Mohammadi et.al. 2010).

Corporation Age: it means situating a corporation in which cycle of age, puberty, growth or wane, (Mohammadi et.al. 2010).

Liability ratio to shareowners rights: is financial ratio and its criteria to measure corporation financial leverage. This ratio is accessed by the division of total liabilities of the corporation to shareowners` rights that indicates what percent of shareowners` rights and liabilities a corporation uses to secure its financial properties, (Ahmadi, 2007).

Operational Definitions of Variables Growth Opportunity: M/B= ratio of corporation market value / clerical value Tangible asset: tangible asset= value of obvious asset clerical/collection of properties Profitability: the ratio of each interest price= market price average of each usual share/interest of each usual share Market price average of each usual share= the average of the highest price and the lowest price during a period.

Liquidity: to calculate dependent variable of corporation remained cash ratio of cash collection and cash equations such as; short term investment over total properties after cash flow deduction and cash equations will use. Cash flow will attain directly from the balance sheet.

Corporation Size: corporation size is calculated by multiply of stock number of a corporation in day price of each share.

Corporation Age: Anthoniy & Ramesh (1992) divided corporations into life cycle levels use for variables of sale growth, asset expenses, the ratio of divided interest and corporation age. So, divided base on corporations in this research is similar to that processes of Anthony & Ramesh (1992).

However, determination of the real age of some of the corporations will be faced with difficulty because of education, merging, existing accounting characteristic, and new reporting after education.

So, the corporation age variable has been omitted and classification will be based on the other three variables: At first, amounts of three variables have been calculated for each corporation-year and theses amounts will be divided based on statistic amounts into three low, medium and high classes.

Secondly, a grade is given to each of the observations in these three classes (low one, medium 2 and high 3).

Thirdly, a mixed grade will be attained for each corporation – year and in attention to chart (1), it will be situated in one of the growth, puberty and wane levels.

Finally, observations that will not be situated in mentioned variables in the framework of the life cycle model based on Figure 1.

The calculation method of variables will be as follow: SG it = [1- (Sale it / Sale it-1)] *100 DPR it = ( DPS it / EPS it) *100

4

Fahimeh Nazari, Babak Jamshidinavid

CE= decrease (increase) of fixed properties during period / corporation market value *100 Sale: income sale, DPS: divided profit of each share, EPS: profit of each share SG: Sale Growth DPR: Divided Profit Ratio it = company model i in year of t Table 1: Corporation life cycle Levels of the corporate life cycle Sale growth Divided profit ratio Growth (G) 3 1 Maturation (M) 2 2 Sunset (s) 1 3

Capital expenses 3 2 1

Debt to Equity Ratio of Shareowners: Debt to equity ratio of shareowners= total liability/equity shareowners

4. RESEARCH BACKGROUND Banimahd et al. (2016) investigated the competitive power of product and expense of shareowners` rights and commercial units upgraded the competitive power of their products to remain in a competitive market. Research conclusions indicated that the competitive power of product and expense of shareowners` rights have a meaningful reversed relationship with each other. Maham & Heydari (2015) investigated investment growth and relationships between the market value of the stock, profit and clerical value of shareowners` rights. The study found how the relationship between the value of stock and profit and stock value and clerical value would be affected by investment growth, so better recognition of ratios of determination factors such as; price than profit and price than clerical value would receive.

Moradzadehfard & Faramarzi (2014) investigated the effect of financial securement out of balance sheet than equity of shareowners of the accepted corporations in Tehran Stock Exchange. The study indicated that financial securement out of balance sheet would not only increases stock profit, the return of equity of shareowners, profitability ratios and equity of shareowners of corporations but also in some cases it would decrease return of equity of shareowners through a decrease in profitability ratios (ROE, ROI).

Wang (2010) investigated the effect of corporation representation expense on less investment to free cash flows in China Stock Exchange and they concluded that there was a relationship between the increase of one unit in the corporation representation expense and increase in investment of free cash flows.

Gamariz & Balesta (1991) investigated the relationship between financial reporting quality, liability usance and investment efficiency. Their research conclusions represented that liability usance duration would be continued by investment efficiency improvement and would decrease more investment and less investment.

Isdorfer et al. (2006) investigated the relationship between capital structure, managers` rewards and investment efficiency and their research conclusions indicated that more financial leverage *Corresponding author (Babak Jamshidinavid). E-mail: jamshidinavid1@iauksh.ac.ir Š2019 International Transaction Journal

of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A09L http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09L.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.119

5

would increase investment efficiency. Moreover, managers whom their rewards were dependent on liabilities investments would be less than managers whom their rewards were dependent on shareowners` rights.

Altaleb (1961) measured the effect of representation expense of corporations on the politic of financial leverage and stock profit. He concluded that there was a negative meaningful relationship between free cash flows and stock profit by investigating a sample consisted of 60 corporations from 2007 to 2011, while the relationship between free cash flow and financial leverage is positive and meaningful. Yao et al. (2011) investigated the effect of corporation financial limitation on investment by the use of three data of the stock market in Asia. They found that there was a negative comprehensive relationship between corporation financial limitation and its investment. This relationship would be weaker in the markets that the property return of corporations was homogenous and ongoing or in the markets in that corporations emphasized on growth.

5. RESEARCH STATISTIC POPULATION Research statistic population include 856 accepted corporations in Tehran Stock Exchange from 2010 to 2014 (five-year duration) while 142 corporations have been chosen by systematic deletion (Fileting Table) as the research statistic sample.

6. MODEL ESTIMATION First Hypothesis: H0: corporation growth opportunity has no positive meaningful effect on debt to equity ratio of shareowners H1: corporation growth opportunity has a positive meaningful effect on debt to equity ratio of shareowners Debt to equity ratio it = β0 + β1 growth opportunity it + Ďľ Debt to equity ratio it: liability ratio (debt) over shareowners` rights of i corporation in t year Growth opportunity: growth opportunity of i corporation in t year Ďľ: error member β0: Coefficient of Constant β1: Coefficients of independent and control variables Table 2: Conclusions of F Limer and Husman Tests Test kind F limer Test Husman Test Statistic amount F=9.5254 đ?&#x153;&#x2019;2 =10.6587 P-Value <0.001 <0.001 Model kind Paneling Fixed effects Based on received conclusions of F limer test in the above table of model (1) estimation and its amount (9/5254) and its P-Value in %95 level is equal to zero, in the otherwise, Value < 0.05 so, H0 of model pooling is rejected and paneling model will be accepted. Finally, the paneling method will be used to estimate all studied sections of the research. However, based on received conclusions of Husman Test of the research first hypothesis that its amount is 10.5687 instead of Îą=0.05 and amount of P-Value <0.01, so Ho will be rejected and rejection of H0 indicates that random effect method is not homogenous and constant effect method should be used.

6

Fahimeh Nazari, Babak Jamshidinavid

Table 3: Model conclusions of model 1 constant effects Constant effect model Growth opportunity C e R2 R2 D.W F Fisher

Coefficients 0.521 0.237 0.400

SD 0.081 0.052 0.031

t statistic 6.432 4.557 12.903 0.67 0.58 1.86 7.457 (prob <0.001)

P-Value <0.001 0.002 <0.001

Result H0 is rejected

Based on conclusions of presented constant effect model in the above table, opportunity growth variable in the studied corporation has a positive meaningful effect based on t statistic amount is (6.432) and is more than critical level (1.96 to -1.96) and its relative possibility level is 0.000 and P-Value <0.05on dependent variable of liability ratio than shareowners` rights, so H0 will be rejected by 95% confidence level in the research first hypothesis. Received R2 indicates that descriptive variable can explain 0.67 percent of dependent variable changes. Based on adjusted determination coefficient 0.58 which indicates that this amount is high and its concept is model suitable explained ability. Calculated Watson-Durbin statistic (D.W=1.86) indicates self-correlation in model and independences or errors are affirmed (the difference between real amounts and proposed amounts by regression equation), based on a test of F fisher (7.457) and (prob=0.000) and fitness of total regression is credit and meaningfulness of total model is affirmed.

Second Hypothesis: H0: tangible asset has no positive meaningful effect on debt to equity ratio of shareowners H1: tangible asset has a positive meaningful effect on debt to equity ratio of shareowners.

Debt to equity ratio it = β0 + β1 tangible assets it + ϵ Debt to equity ratio it: liability ratio (debt) over shareowners` rights of i corporation in t year Tangible assets: tangible assets of i corporation in t year β0: Coefficient of Constant β1: Coefficients of independent and control variables Table 4: Model conclusions of model 2 constant effects Constant effect model Tangible assets C e R2 Adjusted R2 D.W F Fisher

Coefficients -0.654 0.136 0.856

SD 0.064 0.053 0.009

t statistic P-Value -10.171 <0.001 2.566 0.024 95.111 <0.001 0.68 0.66 2.23 6.442 (prob <0.001)

Result H0 is rejected

Table 4, the tangible asset variable based on t statistic amount and probability level relative to it in 95% confidence level has a negative meaningful effect on the dependent variable. While the variable ratio of a tangible asset increases one unit, debt ratio to shareowners` rights will decrease about 0.521, so by 95% confidence level, H0 is rejected. Other calculated statistics such as; correlation coefficient (0.68), adjusted determination coefficient (0.66), Watson-Durbin statistic (2.23) and statistic of F Fisher test (6.442 (prob <0.001)) indicate the suitability of total fitness of regression.

Third Hypothesis: *Corresponding author (Babak Jamshidinavid). E-mail: jamshidinavid1@iauksh.ac.ir ©2019 International Transaction Journal

of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A09L http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09L.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.119

7

H0: profitability has no positive meaningful effect on debt to equity ratio of shareowners H1: profitability has a positive meaningful effect on debt to equity ratio of shareowners.

Debt to equity ratio it = β0 + β1 profitability it + Ͼ Debt to equity ratio it: liability ratio (debt) over shareowners` rights of i corporation in t year Profitability: profitability of i corporation in t year Ͼ: error β0: Coefficient of Constant β1: Coefficients of independent and control variables Table 5: Conclusions of F Limer and Husman Tests Test kind Probability P-Value Model kind

F limer Test F=8.6985 <0.001 Paneling

Husman Test đ?&#x153;&#x2019;2 = 11.6352 <0.001 Fixed effects

Based on received conclusions of F limer test in Table 5 of model (3) estimation and its amount (8.6985) and its P-Value in %95 level is equal to zero, in the otherwise, Value < 0.05 so, H0 of model pooling is rejected and paneling model will be accepted. Finally, the paneling method will be used to estimate all studied sections of the research. However, based on received conclusions of Husman Test of the research third hypothesis that its amount is 11.6352 instead of Îą=0.05 and amount of P-Value <0.05, so Ho will be rejected and rejection of H0 indicates that random effect method is not homogenous and constant effect method should be used.

Table 6: Model conclusions of model 3 constant effects Constant effect model Probability C e R2 Adjusted R2 D.W F Fisher

Coefficients 0.723 0.116 0.578

SD 0.076 0.023 0.031

t statistic 9.631 5.043 1.864 0.696 0.608 1.853 254.659 (prob <0.001)

P-Value <0.001 0.0003 0.578

Result H0 is rejected

Based on conclusions of presented constant effect model in Table 6, profitability variable in the studied corporation has a positive meaningful effect based on t statistic amount is (9.631) and is more than critical level (1.96 to -1.96) and its relative possibility level is 0.000 and P-Value <0.05on dependent variable of liability ratio than shareowners` rights, so H0 will be rejected by 95% confidence level in the research third hypothesis. While the variable ratio of profitability increases one unit, debt ratio to shareownersâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; rights will decrease about 0.723, so by 95% confidence level, H0 0f this hypothesis will be rejected. Received R2 indicates that descriptive variable can explain 0.696 percent of dependent variable changes. Based on adjusted determination coefficient 0.608 which indicates that this amount is high and its concept is model suitable explained ability. Calculated Watson-Durbin statistic (D.W=1.853) indicates self-correlation in model and independences or errors are affirmed (the difference between real amounts and proposed amounts by regression equation), based on a test of F fisher (254.659) and (prob<0.0001) and fitness of total regression is credit and meaningfulness of total model is affirmed Fourth Hypothesis: H0: liquidity has no positive meaningful effect on debt to equity ratio of shareowners.

8

Fahimeh Nazari, Babak Jamshidinavid

H1: Liquidity has a positive meaningful effect on debt to equity ratio of shareowners.

Debt to equity ratio it = β0 + β1 liquidity it + Ďľ Debt to equity ratio it: liability ratio (debt) over shareowners` rights of i corporation in t year Liquidity: liquidity of i corporation in t year Ďľ: error term β0: Coefficient of Constant β1: Coefficients of independent and control variables Table 7: Conclusions of F Limer and Husman Tests Test kind F limer Test Husman Test liquidity F=6.6587 đ?&#x153;&#x2019;2 = 12.4512 P-Value <0.001 <0.001 Model kind Paneling Fixed effects Based on received conclusions of F limer test in Table 7 of model (4) estimation and its amount (6.6587) and its P-Value in %95 level is equal to zero, in the otherwise, P-Value < 0.05 so, H0 of model pooling is rejected and paneling model will be accepted. Finally, the paneling method will be used to estimate all studied sections of the research. However, based on received conclusions of Husman Test of the research fourth hypothesis that its amount is 12.4512 instead of Îą=0.05 and amount of P-Value <0.05, so Ho will be rejected and rejection of H0 indicates that random effect method is not homogenous and constant effect method should be used.

Table 8: Model conclusions of model 4 constant effects Constant effect model liquidity C e R2 Adjusted R2 D.W F Fisher

Coefficients -0.576 0.840 17.295

SD 0.038 0.020 2.614

t statistic -15.166 42.001 6.616 0.264 0.178 2.316 2.843 (prob <0.000)

P-Value <0.001 <0.001 0.0001

Result H0 is rejected

Based on conclusions of presented constant effect model in Table 8, liquidity variable in the studied corporation has a positive meaningful effect based on t statistic amount is (-15.166) and is more than critical level (1.96 to -1.96) and its relative possibility level is 0.000 and P-Value <0.05on dependent variable of liability ratio than shareowners` rights, so H0 will be rejected by 95% confidence level in the research fourth hypothesis. Received R2 indicates that descriptive variable can explain 0.178 percent of dependent variable changes. Based on adjusted determination coefficient 0.608 which indicates that this amount is high and its concept is model suitable explained ability. Calculated Watson-Durbin statistic (D.W=2.316) indicates self-correlation in model and independences or errors are affirmed (the difference between real amounts and proposed amounts by regression equation), based on a test of F fisher (2.843) and (prob<0.000) and fitness of total regression is credit and meaningfulness of total model is affirmed.

Fifth Hypothesis: H0: corporation size has no positive meaningful effect on debt to equity ratio of shareowners.

H1: corporation size has a positive meaningful effect on debt to equity ratio of shareowners. *Corresponding author (Babak Jamshidinavid). E-mail: jamshidinavid1@iauksh.ac.ir Š2019 International Transaction Journal

of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A09L http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09L.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.119

9

Debt to equity ratio it = β0 + β1 size it + Ͼ Debt to equity ratio it: liability ratio (debt) over shareowners` rights of i corporation in t year Corporation size: the size of i corporation in t year Ͼ: error term β0: Coefficient of Constant β1: Coefficients of independent and control variables Table 9: Conclusions of F Limer and Husman Tests Test kind Size P-Value Model kind

F limer Test F=10.6358 <0.001 Paneling

Husman Test đ?&#x153;&#x2019;2 = 13.9658 <0.001 Fixed effects

Based on received conclusions of F limer test in Table 9 of model (5) estimation and its amount (10.6358) and its P-Value in 95% level is equal to zero, in the otherwise, Value < 0.05 so, H0 of model pooling is rejected and paneling model will be accepted. Finally, the paneling method will be used to estimate all studied sections of the research. However, based on received conclusions of Husman Test of the research fourth hypothesis that its amount is 13.9658 instead of Îą=0.05 and amount of P-Value <0.05, so Ho will be rejected and rejection of H0 indicates that random effect method is not homogenous and constant effect method should be used.

Table 10: Model conclusions of model 5 constant effects Constant effect model Corporation size C e R2 Adjusted R2 D.W F Fisher

Coefficients 0.645 1.971 -0.123

SD 0.007 0.237 0.014

t statistic 92.142 8.316 -8.785 0.485 0.350 2.439 3.586 (prob<0.001)

P-Value 0.0000 0.0000 0.0009

Result H0 is rejected

Based on conclusions of presented constant effect model in Table 10, the corporation size variable in the studied corporation has a positive meaningful effect based on t statistic amount is (92.142) and is more than critical level (1.96 to -1.96) and its relative possibility level is 0.000 and P-Value <0.05on dependent variable of liability ratio than shareowners` rights, so H0 will be rejected by 95% confidence level in the research fifth hypothesis. Received R2 indicates that descriptive variable can explain 0.485 percent of dependent variable changes. Based on adjusted determination coefficient 0.350 which indicates that this amount is high and its concept is model suitable explained ability. Calculated Watson-Durbin statistic (D.W=2.439) indicates self-correlation in model and independences or errors are affirmed (the difference between real amounts and proposed amounts by regression equation), based on a test of F fisher (2.843) and (prob<0.001) and fitness of total regression is credit and meaningfulness of total model is affirmed.

Fifth Hypothesis: H0: corporation age has no positive meaningful effect on debt to equity ratio of shareowners.

H1: corporation age has a positive meaningful effect on debt to equity ratio of shareowners.

Debt to equity ratio it = β0 + β1 size it + Ͼ Debt to equity ratio it: liability ratio (debt) over shareowners` rights of i corporation in t year Corporation age: age of i corporation in t year Ͼ: error term

10

Fahimeh Nazari, Babak Jamshidinavid

β0: Coefficient of Constant β1: Coefficients of independent and control variables Table 11: Conclusions of F Limer and Husman Tests Test type Age P-Value Model kind

F limer Test F=9.3654 <0.001 Paneling

Husman Test đ?&#x153;&#x2019;2 = 10.6985 <0.001 Fixed effects

Based on received conclusions of F limer test in Table 11 of model (6) estimation and its amount (9.3654) and its P-Value in %95 level is equal to zero, in the otherwise, Value < 0.05 so, H0 of model pooling is rejected and paneling model will be accepted. Finally, the paneling method will be used to estimate all studied sections of the research. However, based on received conclusions of Husman Test of the research fourth hypothesis that its amount is 10.6985 instead of Îą=0.05 and amount of P-Value <0.05, so Ho will be rejected and rejection of H0 indicates that random effect method is not homogenous and constant effect method should be used.

Table 12: Model conclusions of model 5 constant effects Constant effect model Corporation age C e R2 Adjusted R2 D.W F Fisher

Coefficients -0.219 13.702 15.513

Standard deviation 0.026 0.141 2.164

t statistic -8.423 97.177 7.168 0.870 0.776 1.608 15.607 (prob<0.001)

P-Value <0.001 <0.001 0.0006

Research conclusions H0 is rejected

The constant effect model in Table 12, the corporation age variable in the studied corporation has a positive meaningful effect based on t statistic amount is (8.423) and is more than critical level (1.96 to -1.96) and its relative possibility level is 0.000 and P-Value <0.05on dependent variable of liability ratio than shareowners` rights, so H0 will be rejected by 95% confidence level in the research sixth hypothesis. Received R2 indicates that descriptive variable can explain 0.780 percent of dependent variable changes. Based on adjusted determination coefficient 0.776 which indicates that this amount is high and its concept is model suitable explained ability. Calculated Watson-Durbin statistic (D.W=1.608) indicates self-correlation in model and independences or errors are affirmed (the difference between real amounts and proposed amounts by regression equation), based on a test of F fisher (15.607) and (prob<0.001) and fitness of total regression is credit and meaningfulness of total model is affirmed.

7. CONCLUSION This article aim is investigating the effective factors on debt to equity ratio of shareowners in capital structure of the accepted corporations in Tehran Stock Exchange. Based on test of hypotheses that indicates growth opportunity, profitability, corporation size, and corporation age have positive meaning effect on debt on debt of equity ratio of shareowners. Tangible asset and liquidity have negative meaning effect on debt on debt of equity ratio of shareowners

*Corresponding author (Babak Jamshidinavid). E-mail: jamshidinavid1@iauksh.ac.ir Š2019 International Transaction Journal

of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A09L http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09L.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.119

11

8. AVAILABILITY OF DATA AND MATERIAL Data used or generated from this study can be requested to the corresponding author.

9. REFERENCES Araghi, A., Sohrabi, M., and AmirKhanloo, J. (2010). Investigating linear and nonlinear relationships between accounting variables and stock price changes in companies admitted to Tehran Stock Exchange. Volume 2, Issue 5, 2010, Page 125-144 Anthony, J. H. and K. Ramesh (1992), “Association between Accounting Performance Measures and Stock Prices: A Test of the Life Cycle Hypothesis”, Journal of Accounting and Economics, 15, 203-227.

Altaleb G. (1961), Corporate Debt Capacity: A Study of Corporate Debt Policy and the Determination of Corporate Debt Capacity, Division of Research, Graduate School of Business Administration, Boston, MA: Harvard University Press; Ahmadi, A.,(2007), The Impact of Industry and Size on the Capital Structure of Companies Listed in Tehran Stock Exchange. Journal of Social Sciences and Human Sciences, Shiraz University, No. 55.

Bagherzadeh, S., (2012), “Specification of capital structure in the accepted corporations in Tehran Stock Exchange”, Magazine of financial researches, Tehran university, No.16 BaniMahd B., YaghoubNejad A., VahidKia E., (2016). Competitive power of product and cost of equity.

Financial Accounting and Auditing Research (Journal of Accounting and Auditing): Summer 2012, Volume 7, Number 26; From page 107 to page 118.

Denis, D.J. & V. Sibilkov. (2010). Financial Constraints, Investment, and the Value of Cash Holdings.

Review of Financial Studies, 23, 247-269.

Isdorfer M.L., M.R. Roberts, and J.F. Zender (2006), "Back to the Beginning: Persistence and the Cross-Section of Corporate Capital Structure", Working Paper, David Eccles School of Business, University of Utah, Available at SSRN: http://ssrn.com/abstract=881899; Jafari, M., and Arefnejad, M., (2016). Effect of Turnover Capital Management and Financial Leverage on Profitability of Some Companies in Tehran Stock Exchange. Journal of Economic Sciences. Year 10 Number 34 (15 pages from 167 to 181).

Maham K., and Heydari M.R., (2015). The growth of investment and the relationship between stock market value, profit, and book value of equity. Financial Accounting Knowledge: Fall 2014, Volume 1, Number 2; pp:79-96.

Mehrani, S., Baheri, B. (2008), “Investigating the effect of free cash flows and institutional investors on profit management in the accepted corporations in Tehran Stock Exchange”, Community of Iran Accountants, 1st year, No. 2, p.p. 52-58 Masjed Mousavi, R., Maysazadeh A., and Rahmani R., (2011). The financial software examines the relationship between profitability and returns according to the company's life cycle and size.

Accounting and Audit Research No. 9.

Mohammadi, Sh., Raei, R., Ghalibaf, H., and Golzarzai, G.H., (2010). Analysis of collective behavior of investors in Tehran Stock Exchange using state space model. Journal of Research in Financial Accounting. Second year, number two, sequential number (4), MoradzadehFard M.,and Faramarzi J., (2014). The effect of off-balance sheet financing on the equity of the companies admitted to the Tehran Stock Exchange. Financial Accounting and Audit Research (Journal of Accounting and Auditing): Summer 2009, Volume 1, Issue 2; pp:117-131.

12

Fahimeh Nazari, Babak Jamshidinavid

Khajehvandi, A., Soleymani, A., & Pilevari, N. (2018). Determination of The Impact of The Style-Shifting Activity Management And Prediction of the Performance of Company's Market Value of Equity. International Transaction Journal of Engineering Management & Applied Sciences & Technologies, 9(6), 503-514.

Namazi, M., Shirzadeh, J. (2004), “Investigating relationship between capital structure and profitability in the accepted corporations in Tehran Stock Exchange”, Magazine of Accounting & Auditing Investigations, Tehran University, No.42.

Parakash, K., & Chathoth, (2002). Co-alignment between Environment Risk, Corporate Strategy Capital Structure and firm performance, Blacksburg. Marshall School of Business, University of Southern California.

Salimi, S. (2013), “The effects of industry and size on capital structure of corporations in Iran”, M.A. Thesis, University of Human & Social Sciences.

Yao, Tong., Yu, Tong., Zhang, Ting., Chen, Shaw (2011), Asset Growth And Stock Returns : Evidence From Asian Financial Markets, PacificBasin Finance Journal, no.19.

Wang, G.Y. (2010). The Impacts of Free Cash Flows and Agency Costs on Firm Performance, Journal of Service Science & Management, No. 3, pp. 408-418.

Bahareh Feizsohrabi is a Master’s degree student in Department of Management and Accounting, Islamic Azad University, Kermanshah Branch, Iran. Her research interests are Ethical Behavior in Accounting, Concepts of Stock Exchange, Investment Decision, and Project Complexity & Risk.

Dr. Babak Jamshidinavid is an Assistant Professor, Accounting Department at Islamic Azad University, Kermanshah Branch, Iran. He received his Master’s and Ph.D degree in Accounting Program from Islamic Azad University, Central Tehran Branch, and Islamic Azad University, Science and Research Branch, Tehran, Iran. His research interests are Concepts of New audit, Investment Concepts in the Stock Exchange, Liquidity, Tax, Investment Decision, Stock Value, Monetary and Financial Policy.

Trademarks Disclaimer All products names including trademarks TM or registered® trademarks mentioned in this article are the property of their respective owners, using for identification purposes only. Use of them does not imply any endorsement or affiliation.

*Corresponding author (Babak Jamshidinavid). E-mail: jamshidinavid1@iauksh.ac.ir ©2019 International Transaction Journal

of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A09L http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09L.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.119

13

©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies

International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies http://TuEngr.com

PAPER ID: 10A09M

SCHEME OF THREE ELECTRICAL QUANTITIES METHOD *

O.A. Zhukov a a

National Research Tomsk Polytechnic University, RUSSIA

ARTICLEINFO

A B S T RA C T

Article history: Received 25 February 2018 Received in revised form 05 July 2019 Accepted 12 July 2019 Available online 16 July 2019

The purpose of the paper is to develop a new calculation method.

The subject area of the study is the calculation of the steady-state mode of a three-phase high-voltage overhead power line. The basis of the method is simple mathematical models that make it possible, in the presence of three initial data with a high degree of reliability, to manually calculate many electrical parameters, and to verify electrical calculations, including those made using computer programs. The key component of the models is the proportionality factor, which takes a different numerical value for each of them. The hypothesis for the development of the method was the application of the invariance principle to the basic laws and known relations of electrical engineering. The method is simple, operative and successfully verified.

The hypothesis is proven. The calculation error when applying the method is less than 2%. Software systems are not required for the implementation of the method. According to the results of the study, conclusions were made and practical recommendations were given.

The prospects for further research were presented. The method can be used by experts, engineers, and students of electrical power and electrical engineering programs of higher education institutions.

Keywords: Manual method; Numerical value; Proportionality factor; Invariance principle; Electrical formula; Conceptual model; Normal steady-state mode of power lines; Mathematical static model.

© 2019 INT TRANS J ENG MANAG SCI TECH.

Nomenclature and Symbols The parentheses given after the explanation of each parameter contain numerical values from the calculation example [7, pp. 7-8, 12-13]. This example shows verification of the accuracy of the proposed mathematical models designed to calculate the values of power lines (PLs).

L – power transmission distance, km (100); P – active power, MW (120.1); U – power transmission voltage, kV (220);

n – the number of wires in each phase of the PL, pcs. (3); Digital indexes: m, n, l, f, j, q, i; *Corresponding author (O.A. Zhukov). E-mail: helgyar@mail.ru ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A09M http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09M.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.120

1

k – numerical factors of proportionality;

,,

,

,

 ,  ,  – components that describe electrical parameters using indices;

1  Strans.s – the apparent power transmitted from the generators to the power plant high voltage switching substation, excluding losses in power plant step-up transformers, MVA (150.13);

 2  Ss – the apparent power losses in power plant step-up transformers, MVA (11.13);  3  S PL.s – the apparent power transmitted from the generators to the power plant high voltage switching substation, taking into account the losses in power plant step-up transformers, MVA (139);  4  S PL – the apparent power transmitted from the power plant high voltage switching substation to the main step-down substation, taking into account the losses in power lines, MVA (138.27);

 5  S PL – the apparent power losses in power lines, MVA (0.727);

k1  4.314 102 ; k 2  2.36544  104 ; k3  3.699 102 k 4  3.661102 ; k5  106 ;

 1  Z PL – full electrical impedance of power lines, Ohm (16.23);  2  X PL – the full inductive impedance of power lines, Ohm (13.3);

 3  RPL – the full active impedance of power lines, Ohm (9.3); k1  150 ; k 2  227.27 ; k 3  472.58979

1  Ptrans.s – the active power transmitted from the generators to the power plant high voltage switching substation, excluding losses in power plant step-up transformers, MW (120.1);

 2  PPL – the active power losses in power lines, MW (0.41);

3  Qtrans.s – the reactive power transmitted from the generators to the power plant high voltage switching substation, excluding losses in power plant step-up transformers, MVAr (90.1);

 4  QPL – the reactive power losses in power lines, MVAr (0.59); 5  P т  – the active power losses in power plant step-up transformers, MW (3); 6  Q т  – the reactive power losses in power plant step-up transformers, MVAr (15.01);

k1  227.27 ; k2  6.5909 104 ; k3  303.63636 ; k4  4.5799 104 ; k5  9090.9092 ; k6  1818.73866 ; 1  n – the number of wires in each phase of PL, pcs. (3);  2  U – voltage loss in power lines, kV (9.6);

k1  8.33333 102 ; k2  2.58131 102 ; 1  cos  г – the active power factor of the power plant generators (0.8);

 2  s – section of one wire conductor for each of the three phases of the power line, mm2 (120); 2

O.A. Zhukov

k1  0.16 ; k2  3600 1  cos PL – the active power factor of the power line (0.85);

 2  пcircuits – the number of circuits in the power line (1); k1  0.21 ; k  0.2475 ; 2

1  I max.rated . pl – maximum rated current in the power line, A (365.2);

 2  seconomic – the economic section of a three-core wire for each of the three phases of the power line, mm2 (332);

k1  1.8 106 ; k 2  1.5 106 .

1. INTRODUCTION The purpose and essence of the study is the development of a new method. The development of any method is one of the important scientific results of the study, which determine the subsequent development of the subject science [15, pp. 20, 25]. The development of science itself is inextricably linked with the continuous improvement of methods [15, p. 14]. The idea of the study is due to the fact that there is a gap in the methods of manual verification of computer electrical calculations, as well as the desire of the author to fill this gap. The object of the study is three-phase high-voltage (voltage 110-150-220 kV) overhead power lines. The subject of the study is a new method called the "three electrical quantities" method (TEQ).

1.1 ANALYTICAL REVIEW The main purpose of the calculation of the steady-state (CSS) of electrical power systems is to determine their parameters characterizing the conditions in which equipment and consumers of networks operate [19, p. 43]. Calculation of operating parameters of electrical power systems is the most important task in designing power supply systems for objects since it is used as background information for selecting power transformers, conductor sections, switching and protection devices, as well as other electrical equipment [12, pp. 28, 33]. CSS of other elements of the electric power system (power plants and transformer substations) is not the subject of this study.

There are a lot of sources covering the methods and approaches to the CSS of power lines. There are more than a hundred published books; all of them were analyzed by the author. The brief analytical review of existing approaches to the CSS of the power lines, presented below, was made using selected sources [20, 21, 24].

In practice, several approaches are used for the CSS of power lines.

The first approach. Initial values: current and voltage of the load, resistance, and conductivity of power lines. To be determined: current in power lines, the voltage at the source, current at the source, apparent power loss in power lines. Assumptions and instructions: a) phase voltages and phase currents are used; b) the laws of Ohm and Kirchhoff are applied; c) the calculation is carried out from the end of the power line to the source. The solution is to calculate the following parameters: 1) charging current at the end of the power line; 2) current in the power line; 3) full resistance of the *Corresponding author (O.A. Zhukov). E-mail: helgyar@mail.ru ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A09M http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09M.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.120

3

power line; 4) phase voltage at the source; 5) charging current at the beginning of the power line; 6) current at the source; 7) loss of apparent power in the power line.

The second approach. Initial values: apparent power of the load, resistance, and conductivity of power lines. To be determined: apparent power at the end of the power line, apparent power loss in the power line, apparent power at the beginning of the power line, the voltage at the source, apparent power at the source. Assumptions and instructions: a) linear voltages and phase currents are used; b) the laws of Ohm and Kirchhoff are applied; c) the calculation is carried out from the end of the power line to the source. The solution is to calculate the following parameters: 1) charging power at the end of the power line; 2) apparent power at the end of the power line; 3) full resistance of the power line; 4) current in the power line; 5) loss of apparent power in the power line; 6) full power at the beginning of the power line; 7) voltage in the power line; 8) voltage at the source; 9) charging power at the beginning of the power line; 10) apparent power at the source.

The third approach is called "method in two steps". The synonyms of this method are "iteration method" and "method of successive approximations". Initial values: load voltage, resistance, and conductivity of power line, apparent power of the load, the voltage at the source. To be determined: apparent power at the end of the power line, apparent power loss in the power line, apparent power at the beginning of the power line, apparent power at the source, apparent power at the source, the adjusted value of the load voltage. Assumptions and instructions: a) at the first stage, it is assumed that the voltage at the end of the power line is equal to the nominal voltage; b) calculation of power flows from the end of the power line to the source; c) at the second stage, the adjusted value of the load voltage is calculated using the given source voltage and the apparent power at the beginning of the power line calculated at the first stage. The solution is to calculate the following parameters: 1) calculation of the parameters is similar to the calculation procedures in paragraphs 1 ... 6, subsection 1.1.2; 2) charging power at the beginning of the power line; 3) apparent power at the source; 3) the specified load voltage.

Concepts of voltage drop and loss. These parameters are calculated along with other values characterizing the CSS of the power lines. Figure 1 shows the illustration on the complex plane. The voltage drop (see the left side of Figure 1) is the geometric difference between the voltage at the beginning ( U1 ) and the end ( U 2 ) of the line. The voltage drop is a complex number and has a real part ( U ), or the longitudinal component of the voltage drop, and the imaginary part ( j U ), or the transverse component of the voltage drop. The formula for calculating the voltage drop:

AB  U1  U 2  3I12 Z12  U  jU . The voltage loss (see the right side of Figure 1) is an algebraic (vector) difference between the voltage at the beginning ( U1 ) and the end ( U 2 ) of the line. The voltage loss is represented by a vector BD  U1  U 2 .

4

O.A. Zhukov

+j

+j

 0

3I12 Z 12

U1 U2 0

I12

j U

A 3I12  r12

3I12 Z 12

B



AC

C

U

3I12  jx12

+1

A

U1 C

0

U2

D

B

+1

BC

Figure 1: Drop and loss of voltage. o In distribution systems and in supply systems with voltage up to 110 kV inclusive (in which the angle  between the voltages U1 and U 2 is approximately zero), when calculating the power line modes, it is allowed to neglect the transverse component of the voltage drop, the longitudinal component can be assumed as equal to the voltage loss, and the calculation should be performed according to the voltage loss. In supply systems with voltage up to 220 kV and above (in which the angle  between the voltages U1 and U 2 is significant), it is necessary to take into account the longitudinal and transverse component of the voltage drop, and the calculation should be performed according to the voltage drop. With the initial data (P, Q, U), the voltage drop at the end of the power line is: e e e e e e e o U1  U 2  3I12 Z12  3 S12 Z12  ( P12  jQ12 ) (r12  jx12 )  P12 r12  Q12 x12  j P12 x12  Q12 r12  U  j U

3U 2

U2

U2

U2

(1)

o With the initial data (P, Q, U) at the beginning of the power line, in these formulas, only the index "e" is replaced with the index "b".

1.2 STATEMENT OF THE PROBLEM, RELEVANCE, PURPOSE, OBJECTIVES, AND HYPOTHESIS OF THE STUDY Based on the analysis of more than a hundred publications on the methods of the CSS of the power lines, the author found that, despite the need for simple methods of manual, operational and reliable verification of the calculated part of the power lines design, there are no such studies. That is, there is a contradiction between the lack of relevant knowledge and the need to obtain it in the course of scientific study. Based on this contradiction, the following statement of the problem is proposed: "Manual verification of computer electrical calculations using simple, operational and reliable methods".

It is known [12, pp. 63-58] determine the operating parameters of power lines, it is necessary to perform more than 20 calculation procedures if they are performed manually. Typically, calculations of the parameters of the designed electrical power systems, including power lines, are performed using software systems. At the same time, all engineering projects, including their design part, are subject to expert evaluation. The expert evaluation is carried out in a short time. To meet the deadlines, experts have several ways: 1) to believe the provided documents on the verification of the computer program using which the calculations were performed; 2) to use another computer program with which it is possible to check the correctness of the calculations; 3) to use manual verification of calculations based on simple, reliable and operational methods (which are almost nonexistent at *Corresponding author (O.A. Zhukov). E-mail: helgyar@mail.ru ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A09M http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09M.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.120

5

present).

None of the computer programs are immune to errors. Plus, there is a "human factor": one can have a correct program, but incorrectly use the initial data for it. Therefore, the development of the method for manual verification of computer calculations and the corresponding theory for such a method is a problem that is relevant in the scientific and applied significance. The statement of the problem is timely, especially in the conditions of the constantly growing volume of engineering computing and the current transition of many countries to the digitalization of industries and processes [25-27].

To solve the problem, it is necessary to formulate the purpose and tasks of the study. The purpose of the study is to develop a new method that allows manual, quick and highly accurate verification of complex electrical calculations. Achieving the purpose involves solving a number of specific research tasks: 1) to develop a mathematical model for the method; 2) to develop a conceptual model for the method; 3) to justify the performance of the method; 4) to summarize the results of the study and draw conclusions; 5) to identify the scientific novelty, theoretical and practical significance of the study; 6) to develop recommendations for the practical use of the results and promising areas for further study.

The tasks set to make it necessary to formulate a theoretical concept in the form of a research hypothesis, the truth of which will have to be justified, proved and verified. A hypothesis is a form of new probabilistic theoretical knowledge (scientific scheme), as well as a path leading to a probable solution to a problem. The statement of the hypothesis: "The set problem can be solved by applying the principle of invariance to the basic laws of electrical engineering". The principle of invariance: the laws are constant and do not depend on changing the way they are described for the purpose of simplification [14, p. 531]. Invariance as a physical pattern reflects the general properties of physical objects, including electrical objects. Therefore, according to the author, the transformation (change of the form of representation) of the electrical engineering laws should not affect the quality of the result of calculations. In terms of the formation mechanism, the set hypothesis can be characterized as deductive, the construction of which is based on the analysis of theoretical material, and which involves the deduction of conclusions from the abstract to the concrete. In terms of the level of research being conducted, the hypothesis is theoretical, aimed at verifying theoretical knowledge and revealing the essence of the object of study.

1.3 RESEARCH STATEMENT To check the reliability of the new method, the program code according to the description of the algorithm is not required. As one of the simplest and fastest options for checking the correctness of the developed mathematical models and formulas, the substitution of numerical values in them represented in parentheses in the section "Nomenclature and Symbols" can be used.

The proposed material is original and was not previously or simultaneously published. Some of the ratios presented in the "Mathematical Models" section and the interpretation of their designations were included as fragments in the publications [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6], which are mainly focused on electrical express-expertise, but in this paper they are given in a completely different context, as illustrative material to the newly developed method.

6

O.A. Zhukov

2. RESEARCH METHODS AND BASIC CONCEPTS As a means to achieve this purpose, the author used the following well-known research methods: idealization and abstraction procedures, general methods of study – analogy and comparison, analysis and synthesis, induction and deduction, classification, hypothesis construction, as well as methods of the theoretical basis of electrical engineering, algebra, and mathematical simulation.

Below are the basic concepts that explain the meaning of keywords to the article.

1) Method – a set of values ratios, aimed at a quantitative study of simulated processes, and described by a system of components using abstract terms and concepts.

2) Value – any numerical indicator using which it is possible to perform calculations and quantify the object of study. The value can be represented by three properties – name, value, and type.

Symbolic and semantic names of the values are given in the section "Nomenclature and Symbols".

Examples of their variable values are given in parentheses of the same section. The type of values determines the ranges of their allowable values. For example, the initial electrical quantities (voltage – active power – power transmission length) have the following optimal ranges of the numerical type: 110 kV – 60-70 MW and 40-50 km; 150 kV – 70-100 MW and 50-80 km; 220 kV – 100-110 MW and 200-400 km [8].

3) Proportionality factor – a numerical value, determined solely by the nature of the relationship of the values included in a particular formula, and depending only on the units of measurement. In the case of replacement of the measurement unit of any value included in the formula, it will cause a change in the numerical value of the proportionality factor.

4) Formula – an expression, the results of which are unknown. To obtain the result, it is necessary to substitute values in the formula. A formula and an equation are different concepts. An equation is a formula, the result of which is known, but one or several values are not known (the roots of the equation) using which the result is obtained.

5) Mathematical static model – a set of mathematical relationships that reflect the basic laws of the process under study without taking into account their changes over time.

6) Conceptual model – a "hard" model of the study subject area and a theoretical basis for the construction of a mathematical model. The purpose of the conceptual model is to describe the components of the design method using abstract terms and concepts [9].

7) Normal steady-state power transmission mode – the state of the system when the parameters vary within small limits, which allows considering these parameters unchanged [11].

8) The principle of invariance – a principle that states that the values of physical quantities do not depend on the way they are described [10].

3. MATHEMATICAL MODELS Mathematical models and formulas of the TEQ method are presented in Table 1.

Designations and explanations of model parameters are given in the "Nomenclature and Symbols" section. *Corresponding author (O.A. Zhukov). E-mail: helgyar@mail.ru ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A09M http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09M.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.120

7

Mathematical models and formulas of Table 1: a) Are proposed without derivation, since their algebraic derivation would greatly exceed the page limit of this article; b) Are developed by the author using the main transformation method – the method of substituting values from one formula to another.

The key component in each of the seven models presented in Table 1 is the proportionality factor, the numerical value of which is different, and is determined by the components  , .

,,

,

,

,

Table 1. Mathematical models and formulas.

Number of the model, formula 1

Type of models (1-7) and formulas (8-9)

L

k m PU 2 n 2

 m2 k n P n2

2

L

3

56.8U 2 L kl l

U2

k f U  f

Number of the model, formula 5

L

P

L

k jU 2 P  j2 kq U 2

6

L

7

U 4 i2 L 3 P k i

8

U  2 PL

2

4

Type of models (1-7) and formulas (8-9)

9

U

P q

50 1 5  L P

Due to the presence of the proportionality factor in the models, the latter acquires a simplified analytical form, and, most importantly, contain the minimum number of parameters. Since the result obtained using models is equivalent to the result based on the use of the known relations in the CSS of the power lines, the proportionality factor can be given another name – the equivalence factor.

Replacing some relations (known electrical formulas in this case) with others (models in this case) is called an equivalent transition in algebra [22]. All seven models and two formulas in Table 1 belong to the class of linear equations of the form a  x  b with the only solution x 

b at a  0 . The a

solution obtained using these models is analytic, since it is presented in the form of algebraic formulas [23].

4. STUDY DETAILS: A CONCEPTUAL MODEL OF THE METHOD Structurally, the TEQ method consists of two parts: 1) mathematical models and formulas presented in Table 1; 2) a conceptual model, used as a theoretical basis for their construction and describes the method using abstract terms and concepts. The conceptual model contains five aspects – methodological, substantive, procedural, evaluative, and final. The main components of the methodological aspect were described in sections 1 and 2. The complete structure of the names of components of each of the five aspects (without a description of the components) is given in [6]. In

8

O.A. Zhukov

total, the structure of aspects contains more than 60 components. The limited scope of this article does not allow describing all of them; therefore, this section provides a brief summary of only a certain number of components of the substantive aspect, as well as the general characteristics and features of the method itself.

4.1 SUBSTANTIVE ASPECT OF THE METHOD The nature and purpose of the method are the operative "manual" calculation of many electrical parameters describing the CSS of the power lines using simple mathematical models in the context of incomplete input data. The tasks of the method are the development of concepts as a basis for establishing relationships between individual parameters, as well as the construction of mathematical models and formulas containing these parameters. The basis of the method is the CSS of the power lines. The principles of the method: 1) the scientific nature (validity of the method and the reliability of the results obtained using it); 2) efficiency (efficiency in achieving the purpose); 3) accuracy (minimum calculation error); 4) reliability (ability to verify the results of calculations). Interrelations of the method: the TEQ method is connected with the methods of the theoretical basis of electrical engineering and the theory of power transmission, as well as with the methods of algebraic transformations. Requirements to the method: it is not allowed to round off the values of numerical coefficients in models, it is necessary to use units of measure correctly. Limitations of the method â&#x20AC;&#x201C; the application of the method should be: a) within the boundaries of the designated numerical ranges of P, U, L (see p. 2, section 2); b) referred only to the normal steady state of three-phase high-voltage overhead power lines. Assumptions of the method: the values of voltages and currents are accepted as valid, therefore Ohm and Kirchhoff's laws are presented in the algebraic form in the form of static models. Functions of the method: 1) function of calculation and verification of electrical quantities calculations; 2) prognostic function (ability to evaluate the behavior of an object at a certain combination of parameters); 3) practical function (the method can be applied in practice); 4) explanatory function (the method helps to determine the hidden relationships between the components); 5) synthetic function (the method creates a single ordered structure of knowledge about its aspects and components); 6) methodological function (the method forms the methods for obtaining result and research methodology); 7) since the conduct of expert studies is typical for the case when the initial data is not fully presented, and since Table 1 presents mathematical models and formulas with a minimum initial data (P, U, L), then it can be argued that the method also has an expert function, that is, it can be used as a tool for conducting expertise of electrical calculations.

4.2 GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS AND FEATURES OF THE METHOD The method is not based on differential and integral calculus, since the normal steady-state mode does not have a problem of determining the speed of the processes in the electric circuit. For this reason, it is sufficient to use linear static mathematical models in an algebraic form [12, p. 27], [13, pp. 8, 30, 79].

The method does not involve the use of software systems and does not need an algorithm and a phased calculation procedure. To obtain the result and calculate the required desired parameter, it is necessary to select the required model (according to the required parameter) from Table 1, present the selected model in a form more convenient for calculation, substitute the initial data into the model, and perform a simple calculation using a standard calculator. Only three electrical quantities can be *Corresponding author (O.A. Zhukov). E-mail: helgyar@mail.ru Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A09M http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09M.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.120

9

used as the initial data – voltage, active power, and power transmission length. The relationships between the three initial values are represented by formulas No. 8 and No. 9 in Table 1.

The method is very quick and easy to use. This is its main advantage. For comparison, it should be noted that when using a typical solution to the problem, in order to calculate, for example, voltage loss, it is necessary to carry out 31 calculation procedures, and when applying the TEQ method, it sufficient to use Model No. 4 in Table 1 by selecting the index  2  U and the numerical 2 proportionality factor k 2  2.5813110 .

The method is characterized by a high degree of accuracy. However, it should be borne in mind that an attempt to reduce the number of decimal places in numerical proportionality factors will inevitably affect the reliability of the calculation results, since the minimum error of the method (±2%) is due to the observance of the exact number of decimal places and does not imply rounding of numbers. In addition, it should be noted that the incorrect use of units of measurement and dimensions of electrical quantities will also lead to incorrect results. The values of the proportionality factors presented in the article were not obtained by experiment but as a result of algebraic transformations of known laws and relations of electrical engineering.

The method has an applied nature and is aimed at solving practical problems; it can be classified among specific methods of scientific knowledge.

The method was developed taking into account the specifics of the research subject area.

4.3 COMPARISON OF THE EXISTING METHODS OF CALCULATION WITH THE NEW METHOD Comparison of the well-known methods of the CSS of the power lines with the proposed new TEQ method.

Each of the 7 mathematical models and each of the 2 formulas (see Table 1) were tested on a specific numerical example [7, p. 7-8, 12-13]. Test result: the calculation error is ±2%. The permissible error of power lines parameters calculations is usually within ±5% [12, p. 31].

Comparison of calculation errors using some well-known formulas and new formulas from Table

1000 [17, 500 2500  L P 50 +0.02%. p. 26] is -10.45%, according to the similar formula No. 9 (see Table 1), it is U  1 5  L P The error of calculation according to the Nikogosov formula U  164 PL [18, p. 198] is -23.64%, 1. The error of calculation according to the well-known Illarionov formula U 

according to the similar formula No. 8 (see Table 1) it is U  2 PL + 0.37%. Thus, the use of new formulas improves the quality of the calculation result.

10

O.A. Zhukov

5. DISCUSSION AND RESULT 5.1 PERFORMANCE OF THE METHOD The performance of the TEQ method (and, accordingly, the proposed seven mathematical models and two formulas) in terms of its purpose and tasks is characterized by the following factors: a) The accuracy of the calculation result with the minimum (minor) error using mathematical models and formulas is proved by a numerical example; the result of calculation using the TEQ method was compared with the result of calculation using known methods and methods of the CSS of the power lines and the calculation error did not exceed ±2%; b) The method was developed on the basis of known laws and relations of electrical engineering, logical inference, and methods of algebra; c) The method can be used to obtain complete information about the main parameters characterizing the power lines in a normal steady-state; d) The correct use of fundamental and applied sciences (algebra, logic, theoretical electrical engineering, mathematical modeling in the electric power industry, the calculation method of electrical power systems and their modes).

Confirmation of the hypothesis Successful verification of mathematical models confirmed the study hypothesis: the basic laws of electrical engineering represented on the basis of new models and formulas do not change when the structure (combinations) of parameters and the method for describing their interrelationships were changed. The hypothesis meets the necessary conditions: it is simple, verifiable, logically justified, applicable to the object of study, consistent with theories and laws applicable in science. Conducted practical (using numerical examples) proof of the hypothesis makes it possible: - Firstly, to conclude that the hypothesis has the status of a true statement, and has become a means of transition from known knowledge to new knowledge; - Secondly, to consider the new TEQ method, which has many functions, including an expert function, not only as an additional method to the known methods of the CSS of the power lines but also as a method that is included in the concept of a new scientific direction in electrical engineering and electric power engineering called electroexpertology (or the general theory of electrical engineering expertise) [16].

5.2 SCIENTIFIC NOVELTY, THE THEORETICAL AND PRACTICAL SIGNIFICANCE OF THE STUDY The study has: a) Scientific novelty: a new method – new mathematical models and formulas – an introduction of the new term "the method of three electrical quantities" to the scientific use – a new application of the known algebraic theory of invariants to the laws of electrical engineering; b) Theoretical significance: the development of a new method – abstract terms and concepts are represented by a new conceptual model – the presented theoretical principles of the method contribute to the scheme of calculating the steady-state of electrical power systems – the method can *Corresponding author (O.A. Zhukov). E-mail: helgyar@mail.ru ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A09M http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09M.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.120

11

be included in the toolkit of a new scientific direction called "electroexpertology"; c) Practical significance: the use of a new method for manual verification of computer electrical calculations â&#x20AC;&#x201C; simplifying and speeding up calculation, verification, and expert procedures, and, therefore, reducing the complexity of calculations, time and money expenditures â&#x20AC;&#x201C; improving the quality and accuracy of calculation results and, on its basis, improving the decisions made.

5.3 RECOMMENDATIONS FOR THE PRACTICAL USE OF THE RESULT The developed method and its mathematical models and formulas can be used: a) When teaching students of electrical engineering programs, in advanced training courses for electric power industry personnel, in the practice of designing electric power industry facilities by design and engineering companies, in engineering operational calculations related to power lines modes, during research and development activities; b) By experts in the field of electrical engineering in the preparation of expert opinions on the electrical calculations of the designed high-voltage AC systems. On the basis of the study, training programs for electrical engineers-experts can be prepared. c) As part of the structure of scientific disciplines: "Mathematical modeling in the power industry", "Fundamentals of expert activities in the power industry".

5.4 PROMISING AREAS FOR FURTHER STUDY Research and development of new simple mathematical models and formulas in the presence of minimum initial data in the future can be carried out in relation to new areas. 1) Calculation of the emergency operation mode of three-phase electrical lines in the transitional (unsteady) mode (overcurrent, short circuit, wire breaks of power lines). 2) Calculation of the post-emergency operation of three-phase electrical lines during transients (caused by the simultaneous self-starting of a large number of electric motors) or at a steady state in the new power conditions (limited in power).

3) Calculation of special modes of power lines (idling, self-excitation, self-recovery, asymmetrical modes). 4) AC networks of other voltage classes: low (0.22-0.38 kV), medium (1-6-10-20-35 kV), super-high (330-500-750 kV), ultra-high (1150-1500 kV). 5) Power transmission over long distances.

6) Cable power lines. 7) DC networks.

5.5 REMARK ON THE STUDY From the results of the study: The purpose and tasks set in the introduction have been completed in full, the hypothesis has been confirmed, the performance of the developed new method and its mathematical models has been substantiated.

The existing alternative methods and methods for calculating the steady-state power line modes were reviewed and compared with the new TEQ method. An assessment of this comparison was given.

The study is methodologically sustained since all methodological categories were described and substantiated in detail.

The scientific novelty and significance of the study were substantiated, recommendations on its practical use were given, and promising directions for further research were proposed.

12

O.A. Zhukov

Remark: The method is simple because its mathematical models contain the minimum number of initial electrical quantities. Consequently, its use reduces the time and, consequently, the financial costs. In this sense, the method is effective.

The method can be used as a design, verification, and expert (manual verification of computer calculations).

The method can be positioned as an addition to the existing methods of calculating the steady-state mode of power lines in the framework of electrical power systems calculation.

The method reflects the unity of theory and practice since it is checked for accuracy when applied to a specific typical calculation task.

The conclusions fully comply with the context of the study, because they are based on the results of a complete description of the main, fairly structured and interrelated aspects and components characteristic in the development of a new method.

6. CONCLUSION A scheme of the new calculation method called the “three electrical quantities method” is presented, which is aimed at solving practical problems in the field of electrical engineering. The method is unique in that it can be used without software systems, in the manual calculation mode, to accurately and efficiently determine many electrical parameters characterizing the normal steady state of three-phase high-voltage overhead power lines using only three electrical quantities, such as active power, voltage, and power transmission distance. The method complements the well-known methods of calculating the steady-state mode of electrical power systems.

7. REFERENCES [1] Zhukov, O. A., & Ushakov, V. Ya. (2014). Rapid Expertise of the Selection of Power Transformer Substation. In V.Ya. Ushakov (Ed.), Technical Sciences: The Integration of Science and Practice Collection of Scientific Papers: International Scientific Conference, Russia, Moscow, November 26-28, Kirov: MCNIP, pp: 21-27.

[2] Zhukov, O. A. (2015). Formulae for Rapid-Examination of Transmission Power Capacities. In European Science and Technology: Proceedings of the XI International Research and Practice Conference, October 21–22, Vela Verlag Waldkraiburg, Munich, Germany, 141-154.

[3] Zhukov, O. A., (2015). Methodical Foundations of Energy Rapid Expertise. International Scientific Research Journal, 10 (Part 2): 58-65. DOI: 10.18454/IRJ.2015.41.204 [4] Zhukov, O. A. & Ushakov, V. Ya. (2015). Conceptual and Methodological Basis of Power Express Examination. International Journal on Technical and Physical Problems of Engineering (IJTPE), 7(4), 39-48.

[5] Zhukov, O. A., Ushakov, V. I., Plotnikov, A. B., & Svechnikova, T. I. V. (2016). Applied Aspects of Theoretical Bases of Express Examination in Electric Power Industry. Indian Journal of Science and Technology, 9(27), 1-7. DOI: 10.17485/ijst/2016/ v9i27/97585.

*Corresponding author (O.A. Zhukov). E-mail: helgyar@mail.ru ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A09M http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A09M.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.120

13

[6] Zhukov, O. A. (2019). Development of Methods for Calculating the Steady-State Model of Power Lines. In 50th International Scientific Conference of the Eurasian Scientific Association (April 25-26, 2019), Moscow: ENO, pp: 93-97. DOI: 10.5281/zenodo.2671641 [7] Shekhovtsov, V. P. (2010). Calculation and Design of Power Supply Circuits. Moscow: FORUM: INFRA-M. (p. 214).

[8] Khaidarov, K.A., n.d. Theoretical Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering and Electronics. Electrical Energy Transmission Systems. URL: http://www.bourabai.ru/toe/ [9] Construction of Conceptual Models of systems and their Formalization, n.d. URL: http://present5.com/postroenie-konceptualnyx-modelej [10] Pavlov, V. P., n.d. Invariance. URL: http://invariantnost [11] Batsheva, N. L. & N. P. Fiks, (2012). Electric Power Systems and Networks. Tomsk: Publishing House of Tomsk Polytechnic University, pp: 68.

[12] Obukhov, S. G., (2014). Mathematical Modeling in Power Supply Systems. Tomsk: Publishing House of Tomsk Polytechnic University.

[13] Fiks, N. P., (2009). Mathematical Modeling in High-Voltage Electrical Engineering. Tomsk: Publishing House of Tomsk Polytechnic University.

[14] Lipkin, A.I. (Ed.), 2007. Philosophy of Science. Moscow: Eksmo.

[15] Dolgov, A. I., (2013). Research Methodology. Rostov-on-Don: Publishing Center DGTU. [16] Zhukov, O.A. & Ushakov, V. Ya. (2013). Examination in Power Engineering and Electrical Engineering. The Genesis of Electroexpertology. News of Tomsk Polytechnic University, 322(4), 82-87.

[17] Khusainov, I. M. (2004). Network Design for Industrial Power Supply. Saratov: Saratov State Technical University.

[18] Fedorov, A. A. & Kameneva, V. V. (1979). Basics of Power Supply of Industrial Enterprises.

Moscow: Energy.

[19] Venikov, V. A. (Ed.), (1974). Calculations and Analysis of Network Operation Modes. Moscow: Energy.

[20] Vikharev, A.P., n.d. Power. Part 1. Electrical Networks. URL: https://studfiles.net/preview/4349359/ [21] Ananicheva, S. S. & Myzin, A. L. (2012). Substitution Schemes and Established Modes of Electrical Networks. Yekaterinburg: Ural Federal University, pp: 49.

[22] Khoroshilova, E.V., (2010). Elementary Mathematics. Part 1: Number Theory. Algebra.

[23] Semenov, A. G., (2003). Mathematical Models in Engineering Practice. Kemerovo: Kemerovo Institute of Food Science and Technology, pp: 7.

Oleg A. Zhukov is Head of the Project Development Department of the expert Company Sitek LLC, Moscow. He is a graduate student in the field of Electrical Networks and Electrical Engineering, National Research Tomsk Polytechnic University, Russia.

14

O.A. Zhukov

©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies

International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies http://TuEngr.com

PAPER ID: 10A09N

OBSERVATION AND ATTITUDE ON SOCIETY REFLECTIONS: CASE STUDY OF THAI CONTEMPORARY POPULAR COUNTRY SONGS Nulada Khanthongdee a*, Supaporn Nopphitchayangkul a a

School of Humanities and Tourism Management, Bangkok University, THAILAND. ARTICLEINFO

A B S T RA C T

This study surveys the attitudes of Thai people and analyzes the reflection from Thai popular contemporary country songs released by Haithongkham Record. The research methodology used in this study is qualitative. The qualitative information is presented by descriptive analysis. The questionnaire is used as a study tool to collect data from 300 Bangkokian and metropolitan people during mid-2019. The results Keywords: of the test analysis using statistical methods showed that gender and age Modern society analysis; have an influence on attitudes in all aspects. The results from the Thai modern song; descriptive analysis showed the following. The majority of the Cultural changes; representative sample has an attitude towards Thai country songs in the Ambiguous words; Thai folk song; Crosstabulation expression of the artist's most exotic. The songs reflect social values and differences in cultural aspects from the past. Most songs have indirect analysis; Changing society; Lyrics analysis; messages that need to be interpreted. Many song lyrics have ambiguous Fancy words; Social fancy meanings, although the songs use simple words in values. communication. Also, these songs reflect the changing society. Thai country songs in the past reflect love, nature and simple lifestyle with nice words but there are ambiguous words in modern Thai country songs. Songwriters create songs that are more expressive in sexual matters/contexts. The analysis shows the trend and direction that people in the society can say more freely about prohibited sexual matters. © 2019 INT TRANS J ENG MANAG SCI TECH.

Article history: Received 08 February 2019 Received in revised form 24 June 2019 Accepted 10 July 2019 Available online 16 July 2019

1. INTRODUCTION Lyrics are literature that the composer created to coordinate with the melody. The songwriter must choose the words such that they are able to arouse the audiences. For Thai country songs, the songs reflect the way of life of people in society. The songs try to raise the problem of people from all levels of society. Many songs reflect economic, political, professional, and lifestyle conditions. Most people in Thai society know folk songs because Thai country music evolved from folk songs. Although Thai country songs use Western musical instruments, the content of folk songs still reflects the characteristics of Thai people or Thai society clearly (Yanika, 2005). It can be said that country music is a modern folk song. Country music reflects the image of Thai society in the countryside. The conditions of Thai *Corresponding author (S. Nopphitchayangkul). Email: supaporn.no@bu.ac.th ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A10N http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A10N.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.121

1

society will change from an agricultural society. Modern people who have lived in countryside areas have migrated to work in Bangkok. But the country music also reflects the lifestyle change. (Siwilai 2006). The uses of language in literature Thai folk songs have changed in the matter of content concepts and including language usage. Some words are used to compose music for emotional expression and feeling. Some song is often mentioned in bad terms or causes the language to change in an inappropriate way such as using non-creative language, impolite language (Leetrakul, 1978; Stern, 1978; Keith & Burridge).

Nowadays, society is changing rapidly. Internet access is important for life. Everyone can listen to music, watch music videos from YouTube anytime and anywhere. Thai country music has fun melodies, easy lyrics, the singer is a teenager that her dress is too revealing. The lyrics are ambiguous and the song has sexual content more than in the past. These are the changes that occur in Thai society (Choowijit, 2006; Oomonta, 2005).

2. METHODS 2.1 SURVEYED QUESTIONNAIRE The questionnaire's basic questions ask for gender, age (age range). There are five questions used to observe the reflections of Thai contemporary popular country songs, with a five-level Likert-scale ranging for 5 being the most agreeable and 1 the least agreeable with 3 being neutral. These questions include Q1: The song lyrics reflect the teenagersâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; way of life in the rural society, in term of values and attitude focused toward materialism; Q2: The lyrics contain the use of ambiguous words or language, conveying sexuality-based thoughts/passions, affecting the beauty of the language in Thai country music; Q3: Thai country music is influential or encourages people to more explicit expressing love and passions through body language and communication tools, such as mobile phones, LINE, and Facebook; Q4: Country music reflects peopleâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s values on right and freedom to choose a love partner more than in the past; Q5: Thai country songs and singers are influential to youngsters both positively and negatively.

The surveyed questionnaire was distributed and collected during mid-2019.

2.2 ANALYSES This study uses a descriptive analysis to interpret Thai contemporary popular country songs. This study employs a simple crosstabulation technique to analysis the surveyed data, to find relationships between gender and age with each question. This study also performs Chi-square tests.

3. RESULT AND DISCUSSION 3.1 DESCRIPTIVE ANALYSIS This study analyzes the reflections from Thai country songs that have been released by the Haithongkham Record in terms of lifestyle, economy, beliefs, values, and traditions. According to the research of 50 songs by 10 singers, the descriptive analysis showed the following.

The reflections on living are found to be an agricultural society and natural disasters that occur in

2

Nulada Khanthongdee, Supaporn Nopphitchayangkul

the country. Reflections on beliefs are found that people in society believe in superstitions. Reflections on values are found in four issues, including education, good health, freedom of thought and having a love partner.

3.2 REFLECTIONS ON LIVING 3.2.1 FLOOD AND SYMPATHY ON LOST The songsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; reflections of living (Example#1) are related to natural disasters that occur in the country.

The singer sings about the flooding situation in neighboring countries. This song shows the sympathy and friendship between Thailand and Laos.

Example#1: A sympathy lyric on the flooding situation in Laos.

Song Title: Song Jai Pai Attapue Singer: Lumyai Haithongkham (This lyrics is about the dam incident causing a devastating flood in Laos. There are many deaths and no residents.

Many farms in the Jampasak and Attapue district have been damaged by flooding.)

3.2.2 AGRICULTURAL SOCIETY, EDUCATION, AND FUTURE CAREER This song lyric (Example#2) gives the reflection of living related to an agricultural society and natural disasters that occur in the neighboring country. Thai society in rural areas is an agricultural society. Most of the population will do farming. Some people think that it is not necessary to continue to study at a high level because of having to do farming work like a family.

Example#2: A lyric on agricultural life, education, and future career.

Song Title: Awasanmuesoap Singer: Luaphranert Haithongkham (These lyrics describe that when children grow up, they will perform different careers. For my future when graduating, I have to go to the buffalo and I will do rice farming, like my family did.)

3.3 REFLECTIONS ON SUPERNATURAL BELIEFS Reflections on beliefs (Example#3) found that people in society believe in superstition. Some people in the countryside believe in supernatural stories, ghosts, and superstitions. The supernatural belief is the basic belief of people in an agricultural society.

Example#3: A passionate lyric on liking a man Title song: Song Sai Ai Len Khong Singer: Kamsaj Haithongkham (This song is a story of a woman who likes a man without reason. This woman does not understand why she likes this man. She wondered if this man would have magic. His magic makes this woman want to be his love partner.)

3.4 REFLECTIONS ON VALUES

3.4.1 HEALTHY, BEAUTY, CONFIDENCE, AND ATTRACTIVENESS For a reflection on healthy (Example#4) found that Thai women take care of their health more than the past. Women love beauty, want to be healthy and want to have a good shape. Women think that surgery is a normal part of a new social society. Beauty will make women confident in themselves and will feel good when the male is interested in them. *Corresponding author (S. Nopphitchayangkul). Email: supaporn.no@bu.ac.th Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A10N http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A10N.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.121

3

Example#4: A lyric on health and beauty Song Title: Chani 4.0 Singer: Lumyai Haithongkham (This song comments on women's beauty. All of the men like beautiful women. Women who look good must-have skin color like Burmese, eyes like an Indian, nose is beautiful like the Malays and hips like Hawaiian. Women must always be beautiful. Especially rich women can go to surgery to be more beautiful. Beautiful women can find a partner easily because they are attractive to men.)

3.4.2 EXPRESSING PASSION The reflection of the attitude, women express their thoughts independently and have the courage to express love and feelings. Modern society has fast communication. The internet area is used as a tool to express feelings. Thai society in the past was a society that concealed feelings especially about love and having an undisclosed love. Modern women dare to show more feelings when there is love, liking will be posted to the internet.

Example#5: A lyric on explicit passion expression Song Title: Phu Sae Kha Lo Singer: Lumyai Haithongkham (The content of this song is about love. She likes a boy who has a girlfriend. She told him that she liked him very much and she will wait for him to break up with her girlfriend. When that boy had no girlfriend, she is going to ask him to be a girlfriend. She prayed for the boy to break up with his girlfriend soon because she wants to be his lover.)

3.4.3 MARRIAGE AND VIRGIN Reflections on the subject of love (Example#6) found that men and women lived together before marriage. Males are flirting and have many lovers. The lyrics do not reflect the presence of a single wife or husband.

Example#6: A lyric on virgin of a woman affecting her marriage.

Title song: Lean Bo Jop Khop Bo Daj Singer: Bualai Haithongkham (These lyrics describe that she wants to start a new love with a new boyfriend but she was afraid that his parents would think she was a bad person. She loves her boyfriend so much and she wants to ask him that "Can you love me If I am not a virgin?")

3.4.4 SOCIAL STATUS MEN AND KEPT WOMEN In the case of a rich man or a man with good social status, some women show feelings of wanting to be his second wife, see Example#7.

Example#7: A lyric showing expression of the woman wanting to be a kept wife.

Song Title: Mia da Ma Ha Nu Singer: Lumyai Haithongkham (These lyrics about the kept woman. She said that If his wife is not good, he could come to her at any time. She will take care of him very well. If he is uncomfortable, come to her because she wants to be a kept woman.)

3.4.5 ADULTS WITH KIDS PLAY Playing like kids when being adults (Example#8), it becomes not an easy task due to physical changes of boys and girls to men and women. Women feel sexually awkward agenda.

Besides, the current use of language in Thai folk music literature has changed. In the matter of content such as concepts and including language usage. Songwriters choose to use words that are ambiguous with fun melodies. This kind of music is a favorite to listeners. Ambiguous words in the song

4

Nulada Khanthongdee, Supaporn Nopphitchayangkul

will convey sexuality. It shows that Thai society speaks more freely about prohibited sexual matters/contexts. The lyrics reflect the relationship between male and female, sexually.

Example#8: A lyric on kids play for a grown-up girl Song Title: Doe Diang Dang Singer: Lamyai Haithongkham (This song is about the game, when she was a child there was a boy invited her to play a seesaw. She had very fun. And when they had free time they will often play seesaw. Now they have grown up. A boyfriend came to invite her to play a seesaw. She said that she feels strange when seeing the man staying above while women staying below and she is thrilled with seesaw when the wind hit her bottom.)

3.5 STATISTICAL RESULTS For the study of the attitude, the representative sample is surveyed 300 Bangkokian and the metropolitan people. This research collected data from 150 males and 150 females using a questionnaire. There are 3 age ranges: 15-22, 23-32 and over 32 years. The questionnaire questions are to show the attitude towards Thai country music released by Haithongkham Record. The statistical programs (SPSS) is used as a study tool.

Table 1: The relationship between gender and age range (G_A) with Question 1.

Group

Respondent detail 1. Male with Age 15-22

2. Female with Age 15-22

3. Male with Age >22-32

G_A

4. Female with Age >22-32

5. Male with Age >32

6. Female with Age >32

Total

G_A * Q1 Crosstabulation Answers to Q1 3 4 Count 29 8 % within G_A 58.0% 16.0% % within Q1 54.7% 10.4% % of Total 9.7% 2.7% Count 8 15 % within G_A 16.0% 30.0% % within Q1 15.1% 19.5% % of Total 2.7% 5.0% Count 10 11 % within G_A 20.0% 22.0% % within Q1 18.9% 14.3% % of Total 3.3% 3.7% Count 6 12 % within G_A 12.0% 24.0% % within Q1 11.3% 15.6% % of Total 2.0% 4.0% Count 0 21 % within G_A 0.0% 42.0% % within Q1 0.0% 27.3% % of Total 0.0% 7.0% Count 0 10 % within G_A 0.0% 20.0% % within Q1 0.0% 13.0% % of Total 0.0% 3.3% Count 53 77 % within G_A 17.7% 25.7% % within Q1 100.0% 100.0% % of Total 17.7% 25.7%

5 13 26.0% 7.6% 4.3% 27 54.0% 15.9% 9.0% 29 58.0% 17.1% 9.7% 32 64.0% 18.8% 10.7% 29 58.0% 17.1% 9.7% 40 80.0% 23.5% 13.3% 170 56.7% 100.0% 56.7%

Total 50 100.0% 16.7% 16.7% 50 100.0% 16.7% 16.7% 50 100.0% 16.7% 16.7% 50 100.0% 16.7% 16.7% 50 100.0% 16.7% 16.7% 50 100.0% 16.7% 16.7% 300 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%

3.5.1 CROSSTABULATION ANALYSIS From Q1 asking about that the song lyrics reflect the rural teenagersâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; lifestyle focusing on values and attitude toward materialism, Table 1 shows that females age over 32 years strongly agrees the most at 80%. More than half of the total respondents also show strongly agree to the Q1 question. The chi*Corresponding author (S. Nopphitchayangkul). Email: supaporn.no@bu.ac.th Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A10N http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A10N.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.121

5

squared test result Table 2 is used to determine whether there is a significant difference between the expected and the observed frequencies. The chi-squared test showed a p-value (<0.001) of less than 0.05, so we can reject the null hypothesis. Thus, we conclude that there are age and gender relationship to Q1, at the 0.05 significance level.

Table 2: The relationship between gender and age range with Q1 at the significance level of 0.5 Chi-Square Tests Test Pearsonâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Chi-Square Likelihood Ratio Linear-by-Linear Association N of Valid Cases

Value 86.84a 88.23 48.40 300

df 10 10 1

Asymp. Sig. (2-sided) <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

Table 3: The relationship between gender and age range with Question 2 Group

Respondent detail 1. Male with Age 15-22

2. Female with Age 15-22

3. Male with Age >22-32

G_A

4. Female with Age >22-32

5. Male with Age >32

6. Female with Age >32

Total

G_A * Q2 Crosstabulation Answers to Q2 3 4 Count 25 5 % within G_A 50.0% 10.0% % within Q2 52.1% 8.1% % of Total 8.3% 1.7% Count 5 15 % within G_A 10.0% 30.0% % within Q2 10.4% 24.2% % of Total 1.7% 5.0% Count 10 15 % within G_A 20.0% 30.0% % within Q2 20.8% 24.2% % of Total 3.3% 5.0% Count 0 15 % within G_A 0.0% 30.0% % within Q2 0.0% 24.2% % of Total 0.0% 5.0% Count 8 10 % within G_A 16.0% 20.0% % within Q2 16.7% 16.1% % of Total 2.7% 3.3% Count 0 2 % within G_A 0.0% 4.0% % within Q2 0.0% 3.2% % of Total 0.0% 0.7% Count 48 62 % within G_A 16.0% 20.7% % within Q2 100.0% 100.0% % of Total 16.0% 20.7%

5 20 40.0% 10.5% 6.7% 30 60.0% 15.8% 10.0% 25 50.0% 13.2% 8.3% 35 70.0% 18.4% 11.7% 32 64.0% 16.8% 10.7% 48 96.0% 25.3% 16.0% 190 63.3% 100.0% 63.3%

Total 50 100.0% 16.7% 16.7% 50 100.0% 16.7% 16.7% 50 100.0% 16.7% 16.7% 50 100.0% 16.7% 16.7% 50 100.0% 16.7% 16.7% 50 100.0% 16.7% 16.7% 300 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%

Q2 questions if the lyrics use ambiguous fancy language, conveying sexuality-based thoughts/passions, disturbing the beauty of the language in Thai country music. Similar to Q1, Table 3 shows that females age over 32 years strongly agrees the most at 96%. Table 4, the chi-squared statistic test showed a p-value (<0.001) of less than 0.05, so we can reject the null hypothesis. Thus, we conclude that there are age and gender relationship to Q2, at the 0.05 significance level.

6

Nulada Khanthongdee, Supaporn Nopphitchayangkul

Table 4: The relationship between gender and age range with Q2 at the significance level of 0.5 Chi-Square Tests Test Pearson’s Chi-Square Likelihood Ratio Linear-by-Linear Association N of Valid Cases

Value 84.12a 89.95 39.780 300

df 10 10 1

Asymp. Sig. (2-sided) <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

Table 5: The relationship between gender and age range (G_A) with Question 3.

Group

Respondent detail 1. Male with Age 15-22

2. Female with Age 15-22

3. Male with Age >22-32

G_A

4. Female with Age >22-32

5. Male with Age >32

6. Female with Age >32

Total

G_A * Q3 Crosstabulation Answers to Q3 2 3 4 Count 0 10 12 % within G_A 0.0% 20.0% 24.0% % within Q3 0.0% 31.2% 17.4% % of Total 0.0% 3.3% 4.0% Count 0 0 18 % within G_A 0.0% 0.0% 36.0% % within Q3 0.0% 0.0% 26.1% % of Total 0.0% 0.0% 6.0% Count 0 10 17 % within G_A 0.0% 20.0% 34.0% % within Q3 0.0% 31.2% 24.6% % of Total 0.0% 3.3% 5.7% Count 5 6 8 % within G_A 10.0% 12.0% 16.0% % within Q3 100.0% 18.8% 11.6% % of Total 1.7% 2.0% 2.7% Count 0 6 9 % within G_A 0.0% 12.0% 18.0% % within Q3 0.0% 18.8% 13.0% % of Total 0.0% 2.0% 3.0% Count 0 0 5 % within G_A 0.0% 0.0% 10.0% % within Q3 0.0% 0.0% 7.2% % of Total 0.0% 0.0% 1.7% Count 5 32 69 % within G_A 1.7% 10.7% 23.0% % within Q3 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% % of Total 1.7% 10.7% 23.0%

5 28 56.0% 14.4% 9.3% 32 64.0% 16.5% 10.7% 23 46.0% 11.9% 7.7% 31 62.0% 16.0% 10.3% 35 70.0% 18.0% 11.7% 45 90.0% 23.2% 15.0% 194 64.7% 100.0% 64.7%

Total 50 100.0% 16.7% 16.7% 50 100.0% 16.7% 16.7% 50 100.0% 16.7% 16.7% 50 100.0% 16.7% 16.7% 50 100.0% 16.7% 16.7% 50 100.0% 16.7% 16.7% 300 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%

Table 6: The relationship between gender and age range with Q3 at the significance level of 0.5 Chi-Square Tests Test Pearson’s Chi-Square Likelihood Ratio Linear-by-Linear Association N of Valid Cases

Value 64.12a 66.08 8.28 300

df 15 15 1

Asymp. Sig. (2-sided) <0.001 <0.001 0.004

From Q3 inquiring that Thai country music is influential or encourages people to more explicit expressing love and passions through body language and multimedia communication tools, such as mobile phones, LINE, and Facebook. Table 5 shows that females age over 32 years strongly agrees the most at 90%. 64% of the total respondents also show strongly agree to the Q3 question. The chisquared test result Table 6 is used to determine whether there is a significant difference between the expected and the observed frequencies. The chi-squared test showed a p-value (<0.001) of less than *Corresponding author (S. Nopphitchayangkul). Email: supaporn.no@bu.ac.th ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A10N http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A10N.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.121

7

0.05, so we can reject the null hypothesis. Thus, we conclude that there are age and gender relationship to Q3, at the 0.05 significance level.

Q4 questions if Thai country music reflects peopleâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s values on the right and freedom to choose a love partner more than in the past. Table 7 shows that females age rang 23-32 years strongly agree the most at 88%, followed by males and females age rang 15-22 years at 84% and 82%, respectively.

Overall 76.3% strongly agree to the Q4 statement. Table 8, the chi-squared statistic test showed a pvalue (<0.001) of less than 0.05, so we can reject the null hypothesis. Thus, we conclude that there are the age and gender relationship to Q4, at the 0.05 significance level.

Table 7: The relationship between gender and age range with Question 4 Group

Respondent detail 1. Male with Age 15-22

2. Female with Age 15-22

3. Male with Age >22-32

G_A

4. Female with Age >22-32

5. Male with Age >32

6. Female with Age >32

Total

G_A * Q4 Crosstabulation Answers to Q4 3 4 Count 0 8 % within G_A 0.0% 16.0% % within Q4 0.0% 16.3% % of Total 0.0% 2.7% Count 3 6 % within G_A 6.0% 12.0% % within Q4 13.6% 12.2% % of Total 1.0% 2.0% Count 5 10 % within G_A 10.0% 20.0% % within Q4 22.7% 20.4% % of Total 1.7% 3.3% Count 0 6 % within G_A 0.0% 12.0% % within Q4 0.0% 12.2% % of Total 0.0% 2.0% Count 8 12 % within G_A 16.0% 24.0% % within Q4 36.4% 24.5% % of Total 2.7% 4.0% Count 6 7 % within G_A 12.0% 14.0% % within Q4 27.3% 14.3% % of Total 2.0% 2.3% Count 22 49 % within G_A 7.3% 16.3% % within Q4 100.0% 100.0% % of Total 7.3% 16.3%

5 42 84.0% 18.3% 14.0% 41 82.0% 17.9% 13.7% 35 70.0% 15.3% 11.7% 44 88.0% 19.2% 14.7% 30 60.0% 13.1% 10.0% 37 74.0% 16.2% 12.3% 229 76.3% 100.0% 76.3%

Total 50 100.0% 16.7% 16.7% 50 100.0% 16.7% 16.7% 50 100.0% 16.7% 16.7% 50 100.0% 16.7% 16.7% 50 100.0% 16.7% 16.7% 50 100.0% 16.7% 16.7% 300 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%

Table 8: The relationship between gender and age range with Q4 at the significance level of 0.5 Chi-Square Tests Test Pearsonâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Chi-Square Likelihood Ratio Linear-by-Linear Association N of Valid Cases

Value 21.61a 27.31 6.26 300

df 10 10 1

Asymp. Sig. (2-sided) 0.017 0.002 0.012

From Q5 inquiring that Thai country songs and singers are influential positively and negatively to youths. Table 9 shows that males age over 32 years strongly agrees the most at 68%. About half of

8

Nulada Khanthongdee, Supaporn Nopphitchayangkul

the total respondents show strongly agree to the Q5 question. The chi-squared test result Table 10 showed a p-value (<0.001) of less than 0.05, so we can reject the null hypothesis. Thus, we conclude that there are age and gender relationship to Q3, at the 0.05 significance level.

Table 9: The relationship between gender and age range (G_A) with Question 5.

Group

Respondent detail 1. Male with Age 15-22

2. Female with Age 15-22

3. Male with Age >22-32

G_A

4. Female with Age >22-32

5. Male with Age >32

6. Female with Age >32

Total

G_A * Q5 Crosstabulation Answers to Q5 1 2 3 4 5 Count 0 0 30 6 14 % within G_A 0.0% 0.0% 60.0% 12.0% 28.0% % within Q5 0.0% 0.0% 41.1% 8.7% 9.5% % of Total 0.0% 0.0% 10.0% 2.0% 4.7% Count 0 5 8 15 22 % within G_A 0.0% 10.0% 16.0% 30.0% 44.0% % within Q5 0.0% 50.0% 11.0% 21.7% 15.0% % of Total 0.0% 1.7% 2.7% 5.0% 7.3% Count 0 5 12 13 20 % within G_A 0.0% 10.0% 24.0% 26.0% 40.0% % within Q5 0.0% 50.0% 16.4% 18.8% 13.6% % of Total 0.0% 1.7% 4.0% 4.3% 6.7% Count 0 0 10 13 27 % within G_A 0.0% 0.0% 20.0% 26.0% 54.0% % within Q5 0.0% 0.0% 13.7% 18.8% 18.4% % of Total 0.0% 0.0% 3.3% 4.3% 9.0% Count 1 0 5 10 34 % within G_A 2.0% 0.0% 10.0% 20.0% 68.0% % within Q5 100.0% 0.0% 6.8% 14.5% 23.1% % of Total 0.3% 0.0% 1.7% 3.3% 11.3% Count 0 0 8 12 30 % within G_A 0.0% 0.0% 16.0% 24.0% 60.0% % within Q5 0.0% 0.0% 11.0% 17.4% 20.4% % of Total 0.0% 0.0% 2.7% 4.0% 10.0% Count 1 10 73 69 147 % within G_A 0.3% 3.3% 24.3% 23.0% 49.0% % within Q5 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% % of Total 0.3% 3.3% 24.3% 23.0% 49.0%

Total 50 100.0% 16.7% 16.7% 50 100.0% 16.7% 16.7% 50 100.0% 16.7% 16.7% 50 100.0% 16.7% 16.7% 50 100.0% 16.7% 16.7% 50 100.0% 16.7% 16.7% 300 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%

Table 10: The relationship between gender and age range with Q5 at the significance level of 0.5 Chi-Square Tests Test Pearsonâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Chi-Square Likelihood Ratio Linear-by-Linear Association N of Valid Cases

Value 73.66a 69.07 24.82 300

df 20 20 1

Asymp. Sig. (2-sided) <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

The analysis results with chi-squares showed that when gender and age ranges are analyzed together, it is found that gender and age ranges have an influence on attitudes in all aspects. Sexuality in Thai society is considered a matter of caution. It is not appropriate to speak or write in public. These are languages that are contrary to the values and culture of Thai society (Leetrakul, 1978). However, modern country lyrics reflect that the mention of the opposite sex is more acceptable in today's Thai society. The people who like country songs (positive attitudes) are because of their unique characteristics such as vocals, dress, dance, and easy to understand lyrics with fun melody. *Corresponding author (S. Nopphitchayangkul). Email: supaporn.no@bu.ac.th Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.9 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A10N http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A10N.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.121

9

4. CONCLUSION From this study, it is found that most respondents like to listen the contemporary country songs.

From the crosstabulation analysis, it is found that most respondents agree to strongly agree with the asked questions. The Chi-square test confirm that there are relationships between gender and age to the asked questions.

Most lyrics will talk about love and the opposite sex. Unlike the Thai country song of the past that mentioned the economy, exploitation, and inequality of people in society. The modern Thai country song will focus on the lover. Reflecting on being a husband and wife without marriage. Even in real life, the mention of this kind of matter should not be revealed but there is this kind of event happening to people in society. In the past, women rarely show feelings for men. Modern women dare to talk about matters related to sex but the song shows that women have more thought roles. These are the changes that occur in urban Thai society.

5. DATA AND MATERIAL AVAILABILITY The relevant information has been included in this study.

6. REFERENCES Leetrakul, Dhirajit. (1978). Linguistics Taboo in Thai. Master of Arts Thesis, University of Mahidol.

Stern, Gustaf. (1978). Meaning and Change of Meaning (with Special Reference to the English Language). Bloomington: Indiana University Press.

Oomonta, Yanika. (2005). A Study of Society Reflections from Sala Kunnawut's Songs Sung by Mike Piromporn. Master's Thesis, Department of Thai, Faculty of Education, Srinakharinwirot University. (in Thai).

Choowijit, Siwilai. (2006). "An Analysis of Language in Thai Songs Produced by R.S. Promotion 1992 Company Limited between B.E. 2542-2546 (1999-2003)." Master's thesis, Department of Thai, Faculty of Education, Srinakharinwirot University. (in Thai).

Keith & Burridge. (2006). Forbidden Words: Taboo and the Censoring of Language. United Kingdom: Cambridge University Press.

Khraiboot, Adcharaporn. (2006). "An Analysis Study of the Language Usage in Patriotic Songs." Master's thesis, Department of Thai Language, Faculty of Arts, Kasetsart University. (in Thai).

Nulada Khanthongdee works at the Academic Services Office, Bangkok University, Thailand. She holds a Master of Arts (Thai Studies) degree from Ramkhamhaeng University, Thailand. She is interested in Folklore.

Supaporn Nopphitchayangkul is a Lecturer at the School of Humanities and Tourism Management, Bangkok University, Thailand. She got a Bachelor of Arts degree from Bangkok University, and a Master of Arts degree from Thammasat University. Her research is related to Folklore and Socio-Linguistics.

10

Nulada Khanthongdee, Supaporn Nopphitchayangkul

:: International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies http://TuEngr.com

Call-for-Papers: ITJEMAST invites you to submit high quality papers for full peer-review and possible publication in areas pertaining to our scope including engineering, science, management and technology, especially interdisciplinary/crossdisciplinary/multidisciplinary subjects.

More Research Publication Available at

http://TUENGR.COM

Submit your science research today.

:: International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies